Download - Catalog 2019 Turning Milling Dressers Grinding Measuring ...

Catalog 2019Table of Contents

Turning

■ Inserts ■ Shank tools ■ Tool holders ■ Special-purpose tools ■ Diamond inserts, positive

■ Inserts, coated ■ MCD and natural diamond tools

■ Inserts, lasered ■ Cut-off and grooving tool holders

1

Milling

■ Milling inserts ■ End mills and radius mills ■ WEISS Multi-tooth face mills ■ Milling head inserts ■ Diamond mills, lasered ■ Milling heads

■ Ball nose end mills ■ Face mills ■ Side milling cutters ■ Burins (gravers) ■ CVD diamond drills ■ Milling tools for polishing

2

Dressers

■ DIAROLL diamond dresser rolls

■ Dresser blades ■ Diamond grit dressers ■ Dressing bars ■ Manual dressers ■ Single point dressers

■ Triangle and profile dressers

■ WEISS DRESSERS and dressing shaft

■ Indexable insert dressers ■ M-Dressers

3

Grinding ■ Diamond and CBN grinding wheels

■ Corundum and silicon-carbide wheels

4

Measuring and inspecting

■ Diamond hardness indenters

■ Diamond calipers5

Polishing and lapping

■ Diamond polishing agents ■ Diamond hand lapping tool 6

Filing ■ Diamond hand files ■ Diamond machine files 7

Services

■ Laserwork ■ Induction brazing ■ Wire EDM cutting / wire eroding

■ Regrinding services

8

General

■ Ordering process ■ Contact information ■ About us ■ Certification ■ Imprint

9

Price list / T&Cs 10

© WEISS AG – Technical changes made without notice 1-1

Introduction ■ Overview and selection help for inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

■ Product selection by application / insert geometry / cutting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

■ Introduction to cutting materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

■ ISO code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 ■ ISO inserts, ID applications

■ High yield range version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 ■ Single-use version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 ■ Single-use version - dual-sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 ■ Full face version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

■ ISO inserts, OD applications ■ High yield range version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 ■ Single-use version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 ■ Single-use version - dual-sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 ■ Full face version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 ■ Solid material version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

■ Single-use BORAPACT(CBN) inserts, coated . . . . . 1-24

Inserts with diamond tips ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 ■ ISO inserts, ID applications

■ High yield range version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29 ■ High yield range version, positive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31 ■ Single-use version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32 ■ Single-use version - dual-sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 ■ Full face version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34

■ ISO inserts, OD applications ■ High yield range version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 ■ Single-use version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38 ■ Single-use version - dual-sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39

■ ISO inserts, CVD diamond, lasered ■ Single-use version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41 ■ High yield range version, positive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42

■ Natural diamond and MCD tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81

Shank tools ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44 ■ With BORAPACT(CBN) tips, for ID machining

■ Boring applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45 ■ Blind hole applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46

■ With BORAPACT(CBN) tips, for OD machining ■ Longitudinal turning applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47 ■ Facing and longitudinal turning applications . . . . . 1-48 ■ Grooving and cut-off applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49

■ With diamond inserts, for ID machining ■ Boring applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 ■ Blind hole applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51

■ With diamond tips, for OD machining ■ Longitudinal turning applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52 ■ Facing and longitudinal turning applications . . . . . 1-53 ■ Grooving and cut-off applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54

Tool holders

■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56 ■ Clamping tool holders

■ With clamping jaw holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57 ■ With toggle clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 ■ With screw clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60 ■ For ID turning tool 2125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-63 ■ For peeling insert R 9 .52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-64 ■ For collector insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65

■ Boring bars ■ With toggle clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-66

■ S boring bars ■ With screw clamps for ID machining . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68

■ VHM boring bars ■ With screw clamps for ID machining with internal coolant supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71

■ Boring bars ■ For boring bar insert 2870 type A and B . . . . . . . . 1-73

Special-purpose tools ■ Product overview / diamond burnishing tools . . . . . . 1-74 ■ Diamond burnishing tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75

■ Product overview / collector tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76 ■ DIAPACT(PCD) collector peeling turning tools and peeling inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77 ■ DIAPACT(PCD) collector turning tools . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78 ■ Cutoff, grooving, and copying turning tools

■ Clamping tool holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 ■ Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94

1TurningSection overview

© WEISS AG – Technical changes made without notice1-2

Overview of ISO inserts with BORAPACT tips

Type of tip designApplication High yield range Single-use Single-use

Dual-sidedFull face Solid material Single-use

coated

ID

CCMW.......➜1-11DCMW.......➜1-11TCMW.......➜1-11TPMW.......➜1-12TPUN.......➜1-12VCMW.......➜1-12

CCMW.......➜1-13DCMW.......➜1-13TPUN.......➜1-13VCMW.......➜1-13

CCMW.......➜1-14DCMW.......➜1-14VCMW.......➜1-14

TPUN.......➜1-15

_

CCGW.......➜1-26DCGW.......➜1-26TCGW.......➜1-26VCMW.......➜1-26

OD

CCMW.......➜1-16CNMA.......➜1-16DNMA.......➜1-16SCMW.......➜1-16SNMA.......➜1-17SNUN.......➜1-17TNMA.......➜1-17TNUN.......➜1-18VBMW.......➜1-18VNMA.......➜1-18

CCMW.......➜1-19CNMA.......➜1-19SNUN.......➜1-19TNMA.......➜1-19VBMW......➜1-19

CCMW.......➜1-20CNMA.......➜1-20SNUN.......➜1-20VBMW.......➜1-20

RNUN.......➜1-21SNUN.......➜1-21TNUN.......➜1-21

CNMN.......➜1-22RNMN.......➜1-22SNMN.......➜1-22TNMN.......➜1-22

CNGA.......➜1-27SNGA.......➜1-27TNGA.......➜1-27VBMW.......➜1-27

Overview of ISO inserts with diamond tips

Type of tip design

Application

High yield range

High yield range

positive

High-yield range CVD

positive

Single-use Single-use CVD

lasered

Single-useDual-sided Full face

ID

CCMW...➜1-29CPGW...➜1-29DCMW...➜1-29TCMW....➜1-29TPMW....➜1-30TPUN....➜1-30VCMW....➜1-30

–

DCGT (N)..➜1-42VCGT (N)..➜1-42DCGT R/L.➜1-42VCGT R/L.➜1-42

CCMW....➜1-32CPGW....➜1-32DCMW....➜1-32TPUN....➜1-32VCMW....➜1-32

CCGW....➜1-41CPGW....➜1-41DCGW....➜1-41VCGW....➜1-41

CCMW....➜1-33CPGW....➜1-33DCMW....➜1-33VCMW....➜1-33

TPUN..➜1-34

OD

CCMW....➜1-36CPGW....➜1-36DCMW....➜1-36SCMW....➜1-36SPUN....➜1-37

DCMT.....➜1-31VCMT.....➜1-31DCMT.....➜1-31VCMT.....➜1-31

DCGT (N)..➜1-42VCGT (N)..➜1-42DCGT R/L.➜1-42VCGT R/L.➜1-42

CCMW....➜1-38SCMW....➜1-38SPUN....➜1-38

CCGW....➜1-41CPGW....➜1-41DCGW....➜1-41VCGW....➜1-41

CCMW....➜1-39SCMW....➜1-39SPUN....➜1-39 –

InsertsOverview and selection help


TurningSelection by application | Insert geometry | Cutting parameters

Turn

ing

Product selection by applicationApplication Description Type overview Characteristics

Roughing and finishing of hardened steel from 45 HRc to 70 HRc BORAPACT (CBN)

B010 | B020 | B040 B050 | B060 | B070 B075 | B080

Highly abrasion-resistant, outstand-ing impact resistance, outstanding tip-edge quality and strength. Supe-rior surface finishes, maximum heat resistance

Roughing and finishing of all non-ferrous metals, plastics depending on grade with higher or lower abrasive fillers, carbides, ceramics, platinum, gold

DIAPACT (PCD) A010 | A020 A030 | A040

With carbide substrate, high abra-sion resistance, good to very good tip quality

Roughing and finishing of abrasive non-ferrous metals, plastics with abrasive fillers, graphite, carbide, green ceramics

CVD diamond A060

Without carbide substrate and with-out metallic binder phase, 99.9% diamond content, defect-free cutting edges, maximum wear resistance, superior thermal conductivity

Roughing of non-ferrous metals, plastics without abrasive fillers, precious metals, acrylic glass, gen-erally for high-sheen machining and precision surface finishes

MCD A070

Synthetic, monocrystalline diamond inserts, synthetic monocrystalline diamond, maximum hardness, maximum tip sharpness, predefined cutting force direction, low fracture toughness

Natural diamond A080Natural diamond, maximum hard-ness, maximum tip sharpness, low fracture toughness

Tip geometry selection

Selecting the ideal insert geometry on the tool tip is essential for long tool life, superior surface finishes, and short manufacturing cycles.

■ Relief angle a Reduced friction

■ Wedge angle b The softer the machined material, the smaller the selected rake angle. This re-duces burrs, but also the tool life of the tip.

■ Rake angle g The softer the machined material, the larger the selected rake angle. However, hard or brittle materials require no or even negative rake angles

βγα

0

0

0

Cutting parameters

Cutting speeds and feed rates overlap and result in a continuous machining process.

D Turning diameter [mm]n Speed [R/min]Vc Cutting speed [m/min]

■ Cutting speed [m/min]

Vc = D x π x n1000

■ Speed [R/min]

n = Vc x 1000D x π

Vc nD


IntroductionModern industrial society demands increasingly sophisticat-ed materials. For the machining industry, this has resulted in new products and know-how.Improvements in production processes and the difficulties resulting from machining modern products have increased the demand for cutting tool shapes that cannot be achieved with conventional materials such as HSS, carbide, sintered metals, and ceramics.

Diamond and CBN tools are essential in today's industrial manufacturing processes.The development of cutting materials such as MCD, CVD diamond, and the development of additional PCD and CBN grades has resulted in an expanded product line of cutting tools.Nowadays, a wide range of diamond and CBN tools are manufactured with sophisticated machinery and measurement technologies.

Basic overview of various hard cutting materials

Cutting material Application Structure Details

BO

RA

PAC

T in

sert

s

BORAPACT (CBN)

Machining of hardened steel from 45 HRc to 70 HRc

Polycrystalline, cubic boron nitride with carbide substrate or ceramic matrix.Second only to diamond, cubic boron nitride (CBN) is the hardest known material. It is produced from hexagonal boron nitride (CBN) in a high-pressure/high-temperature (HDT) synthetic process. ➜ Page 1-5

Dia

mon

d in

sert

s

DIAPACT (PCD) Precision and super-precision machining of non-ferrous metals

Polycrystalline, synthetic diamond with car-bide substrate ➜ Page 1-6

CVD diamond

Machining of abrasive non-ferrous metals CVD is the abbreviation for chemical vapor deposition.CVD diamond is produced at low tempera-tures of approx. 1,000 °C and at a pressure of less than one atmosphere.The grain structure contains no metallic binders.

➜ Page 1-7

MCDUsed for high-sheen turning and milling of precious metals

Synthetic mono-crystalline diamondMCD is the abbreviation for mono-crystalline diamond

➜ Page 1-7

Natural diamondUsed for high-sheen turning and milling of precious metals for extreme requirements

Mono-crystalline diamond➜ Page 1-7

Hardness comparison table

Hardness (Knoop kg/mm²)range

Min. hardness (Knoop kg/mm²)

10.000

9.000

8.000

7.000

6.000

5.000

4.000

3.000

2.000

1.000

CVDMCD

Natural

Diam

ond

PCDCBN

Ceramics

Carbide

Steel

Introduction to cutting materialsOverview of cutting materials


BORAPACT (CBN) cutting materials

Important notes for using BORAPACT (CBN) cutting materials ■ Used only on highly stable machinery with sufficient drive rating ■ Large cutting radius for increased impact resistance ■ Whenever possible, a negative rake angle and a large tool work angle should be used ■ Clamp the tool holder as short as possible ■ Chamfered edges with additionally rounded cutting edges increase edge strength for interrupted cuts ■ Cutting inserts can fracture when the machine is stopped while cutting or the cutting edge is not indexed in spite of advanced wear

■ Do not use coolant when machining interrupted cuts

Product range overview and recommended cutting parameters

Grade Primary applicationCutting speed V

[m/min]Feed rate[mm/R]

Depth of cut[mm]

B010

■ Pearlitic cast iron 600 – 1500 0.15 – 0.60 0.10 – 2.50 ■ Tool and die-making steels 60 – 90 0.10 – 0.20 0.10 – 0.50 ■ Hard-facing alloys 100 – 300 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 1.50 ■ Powered metal iron materials 90 – 180 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 1.30 ■ Finishing of Ni/Cr based super alloys 150 – 250 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.40

B020

■ Tool steels (continuously to slightly inter-rupted cut) 100 – 200 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.30

■ Steel alloys 80 – 200 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.30 ■ Tempered steels (continuously to slightly interrupted cut) 80 – 200 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.30

■ Tool steel alloys (severely out-of-round workpieces and interrupted cuts) 70 – 110 0.15 – 0.60 0.15 – 0.60

B040 ■ Powdered metal iron alloys 60 – 200 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 0.30

B050

■ Cast iron 600 – 1200 0.15 – 0.50 0.10 – 0.25 ■ PM Fe alloys 90 – 180 0.10 – 0.20 0.10 – 1.00 ■ Hardened steel 200 – 400 0.10 – 0.20 0.10 – 1.00 ■ Tool and die-making steels/turning 90 – 120 0.10 – 0.20 0.10 – 1.00 ■ Contour / finish milling 200 – 400 0.10 – 0.20 0.10 – 1.00

B060Primarily used for finishing continuous cuts

■ Hardened steel alloys (>45 HRC) 140 – 250 0.05 – 0.20 0.10 – 0.25

■ Tool and die-making steels 80 – 140 0.15 – 0.20 0.10 – 0.25

B070 ■ Case hardening, heat-treatable, and alloyed steels, interrupted cut 120 – 200 0.10 – 0.20 0.10 – 0.50

■ Tool steels 80 – 120 0.10 – 0.20 0.10 – 0.50

B075

■ Hardened cast iron/chilled cast iron (>45 HRC) 40 – 100 0.10 – 0.60 0.10 – 2.50

■ Hardened steel alloys 65 – 120 0.10 – 0.50 0.50 – 2.50 ■ Pearlitic cast iron 600 – 1200 0.15 – 0.60 0.10 – 2.50 ■ Hard-facing alloys 50 – 200 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 1.50 ■ Iron-based powdered metal alloys 90 – 180 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 1.30

B080

■ Tool steels (continuously to slightly inter-rupted cut) 100 – 200 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.30

■ Steel alloys 80 – 200 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.30 ■ Tempered steels (continuously to slightly interrupted cut) 80 – 200 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.30

■ Tool steel alloys (severely out-of-round workpieces and interrupted cuts) 70 – 110 0.15 – 0.60 0.15 – 0.60

BORAPACT insertsBORAPACT (CBN)


DIAPACT (PCD) cutting materials

Important notes for using DIAPACT (PCD) cutting materials ■ Do not measure inserts mechanically due to chipping risk ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts ■ High-rate cooling with mild drilling emulsion dramatically improves cutting performance ■ Most applications require sharp cutting edge configurations. A cutting edge radius of 0.025 mm is recommended for severely interrupted cuts to avoid cutting edge chipping

■ A slightly positive rake angle (5° – 8°) with a relief angle (10° – 13°) can be used for a majority of applications ■ A positive rake angle of 10° – 15° minimizes burrs on soft, ductile materials and optimizes chip removal ■ Use a negative rake angle of 3° – 5° to machine brittle or hardened materials, such a sintered carbide or ceramics




Depth of cut[mm]

A010Standard grade for gen-eral applications

■ Aluminum/Al-Si alloys 4 % – 8 % SiTurning 900 – 3500Milling 1000 – 5000

0.10 – 0.400.10 – 0.30

0.10 – 4.000.10 – 3.00

■ Magnesium alloys Turning/Milling 800 – 4000 0.10 – 0.50 0.10 – 4.00 ■ Copper alloys (Brass, Bronze, Copper) Turning/Milling 400 – 1260 0.03 – 0.30 0.05 – 2.00 ■ Carbide <16 % Co unsintered Turning 30 – 100 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.00 ■ Carbide <16 % Co sintered Turning 20 – 40 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 0.50 ■ Ceramics, unsintered Turning 70 – 100 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.00 ■ Ceramics, sintered Turning 50 – 80 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 0.50 ■ Graphite/synthetic carbon Turning/Milling 300 – 2000 0.05 – 0.30 0.10 – 3.00 ■ FGC/CFC Turning/Milling 200 – 1000 0.05 – 0.50 0.10 – 3.00

A020Generally for severely interrupted cuts and roughing applications

■ Aluminum/Al-Si alloys 4 % – 8 % Si Turning 900 – 3500 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 4.00

■ Aluminum/Al-Si alloys 9 % – 14 % SiTurning 600 – 2400Milling 700 – 3000

0.10 – 0.400.10 – 0.30

0.10 – 4.000.10 – 3.00

■ Aluminum/Al-Si alloys > 13 % SiTurning 300 – 700Milling 400 – 900

0.10 – 0.400.10 – 0.30

0.10 – 4.000.10 – 3.00

■ Metal Matrix Composites MMCs A1/10 % – 20 % SiC Turning/Milling 300 – 600 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.50

■ Carbide <16 % Co unsintered Turning 30 – 100 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.00 ■ Carbide <16 % Co sintered Turning 20 – 40 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 0.50 ■ Ceramics, unsintered Turning 70 – 100 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.00 ■ Ceramics, sintered Turning 50 – 80 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 0.50

A030Generally for precision

surface finishes

■ Magnesium alloys Turning/Milling 800 – 4000 0.10 – 0.50 0.10 – 4.00

■ Wrought aluminum alloys, without SiTurning 900 – 3500Milling 1000 – 5000

0.10 – 0.400.10 – 0.30

0.10 – 4.000.10 – 3.00

■ Copper alloys (Brass, Bronze, Copper) Turning/Milling 400 – 1260 0.03 – 0.30 0.05 – 2.00

■ Platinum/GoldTurning 100 – 400Milling 100 – 800

0.05 – 0.200.10 – 0.30

0.05 – 2.000.05 – 2.00

A040Generally for highly

abrasive applications

■ Aluminum/Al-Si alloys > 13 % Si Turning 300 – 700 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 4.00General for highly abrasive applications Turning/Milling 300 – 600 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.50

■ Copper alloys (Brass, Bronze, Copper) Turning 400 – 1200 0.05 – 0.30 0.20 – 1.50 ■ Carbide <16 % Co unsintered Turning 100 – 200 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 1.00 ■ Carbide <16 % Co sintered Turning 20 – 40 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 1.00 ■ FGC, graphite Turning/Milling 300 – 1000 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 3.00

A041Generally for extremely abrasive applications

■ Aluminum/Al-Si alloys > 13 % Si Turning 300 – 700 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 4.00 ■ Metal Matrix Composites MMCs A1/10 % – 30 % SiC Turning/Milling 300 – 600 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.50

■ Copper alloys (Brass, Bronze, Copper) Turning 400 – 1200 0.05 – 0.30 0.20 – 1.50 ■ Carbide <16 % Co unsintered Turning 100 – 200 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 1.00 ■ Carbide <16 % Co sintered Turning 20 – 40 0.10 – 0.25 0.10 – 1.00 ■ FGC, graphite Turning/Milling 300 – 1000 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 3.00

Diamond insertsDIAPACT (PCD)


CVD diamond cutting materials

Important notes for using CVD diamond cutting materials ■ Do not measure inserts mechanically due to chipping risk ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts ■ High-rate cooling with mild drilling emulsion dramatically improves cutting performance ■ Most applications require sharp cutting edge configurations. A cutting edge radius of 0.025 mm is recommended for severely interrupted cuts to avoid cutting edge chipping

■ A slightly positive rake angle(5° – 8°) with a relief angle (10° – 13°) can be used for a majority of applications ■ A positive rake angle of 10° – 15° minimizes burrs on soft, ductile materials and optimizes the chip removal ■ Use a negative rake angle of 3° – 5° to machine brittle or hardened materials, such a sintered carbide or ceramics




Depth of cut[mm]

A060Generally for increased abrasive wear

■ Aluminum/Al-Si alloys > 13 % Si Turning 300 – 700 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 4.00 ■ Metal Matrix Composites MMCs A1/10 % – 30 % SiC Turning/Milling 300 – 600 0.10 – 0.40 0.20 – 1.50

■ Copper alloys (Brass, Bronze, Copper) Turning/Milling 400 – 1200 0.05 – 0.30 0.20 – 1.50 ■ FGC, graphite Turning/Milling 300 – 1000 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 3.00 ■ Thermoplastic with carbon fiber, Teflon, and glass (up to approximately 60%) Turning/Milling 300 – 1000 0.10 – 0.40 0.10 – 3.00

■ Tungsten Turning 20 – 70 0.10 – 0.30 0.10 – 0.30

MCD cutting materials

Important notes for using MCD cutting materials ■ Do not measure inserts mechanically due to chipping risk ■ A positive rake angle of 10° – 15° minimizes burrs on soft, ductile materials and optimizes chip removal




Depth of cut[mm]

A070Generally for high-sheen machining and high-precision surface finishes

■ Aluminum alloys up to 6% SiC 150 – 250 0.04 – 0.10 0.01 – 2.00 ■ Copper, Zinc, Brass 600 0.01 – 0.40 0.01 – 1.00 ■ Gold, Silver 600 0.01 – 0.40 0.01 – 0.30 ■ Plastics, acrylic glass 1500 0.10 – 0.80 0.01 – 0.30

Natural diamond cutting materials

Important notes for using natural diamond cutting materials ■ Do not measure inserts mechanically due to chipping risk ■ A positive rake angle of 10° – 15° minimizes burrs on soft, ductile materials and optimizes chip removal




Depth of cut[mm]

A080Generally for high-sheen machining and high-precision surface finishes

■ Aluminum alloys up to 6% SiC 150 – 250 0.04 – 0.10 0.01 – 2.00 ■ Copper, Zinc, Brass 600 0.01 – 0.40 0.01 – 1.00 ■ Gold, Silver 600 0.01 – 0.40 0.01 – 0.30 ■ Plastics, acrylic glass 1500 0.10 – 0.80 0.01 – 0.30

Diamond insertsCVD diamond, MCD and natural diamond


Indexable inserts ISO code

H Hexagonal

O Octagonal

P Pentagonal

S Square

T Triangular

C Rhombus 80°

D Rhombus 55°

E Rhombus 75°

F Rhombus 50°

G Rhombus 45°

M Rhombus 86°

V Rhombus 35°

W Hexagonal

L Rectangular

A Rhomboid 85°

B Rhomboid 82°

K Rhomboid 55°

R Round

Shape

Standard relief angle

A 3°

B 5°

C 7°

D 15°

E 20°

F25°

G30°

N 0°

P 11°

Omorerelief angles

Relief angle

Tolerance with-out radius m

[mm]

ID tolerance Ød

[mm]

Thickness tolerance s

[mm]

øDm

m

ød s

A ±0.005 ±0.025 ±0.025

F ±0.005 ±0.013 ±0.025

C ±0.013 ±0.025 ±0.025

H ±0.013 ±0.013 ±0.025

E ±0.025 ±0.025 ±0.025

G ±0.025 ±0.025 ±0.13

J ±0.005 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

K1) ±0.013 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

L1) ±0.025 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

M1) ±0.08~±0.18 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.13

N1) ±0.08~±0.18 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

U1) ±0.13~±0.38 ±0.08~±0.25 ±0.13

Tolerance

Hole Hole configurationChip

breaker Insert type

W with hole

Cylindrical hole +

Counter bore (40°~60°)

without

T with hole

single- sided

Q with hole

Cylindrical hole +


without

U with hole

both sides

B with hole

Cylindrical hole +


without

H with hole

single- sided

C with hole

Cylindrical hole +


without

J with hole

both sides

A with hole Cylindrical hole without

M with hole Cylindrical hole single-

sided

G with hole Cylindrical hole both

sides

N without hole – without

R without hole – single-

sided

F without hole – both

sides

X – – – custom design

Attachment and/or chip breaker

Nose radius[mm]

00 no radius

002 0.02

005 0.05

010 0.10

015 0.15

020 0.20

040 0.40

050 0.50

080 0.80

100 1.00

120 1.20

Nose radius

Turning C N M G 12 04 08 T B010

Milling S E K N 12 03 AF T B010

Indexable insert sizes

ID [mm]

R W V G D C S T

3.97 02 03 03 06

6.00 06

6.35 04 11 07 06 06 11

7.94 05 09 08 07 13

8.00 08

9.525 09 06 16 11 09 09 16

10.00 10

12.00 12

12.70 12 08 19 15 12 12 22

15.875 10 19 16 15 27

16.00 16

19.05 19 13 23 19 19 33

20.00 20

22.225 27 22 22 38

25.00 25

25.40 25 31 25 25 44

31.75 31 38 32 31 55

32.00 32

Thickness

MetricThickness

[mm]

01 1.59

02 2.38

T2 2.78

03 3.18

T3 3.97

04 4.76

06 6.35

07 7.94

09 9.52

Work angle

A 45°

E 75°

P 90°

Standard relief an-gle for the finish turning wiper flat

D 15°

E 20°

F 25°

N 0°

P 11°

Insert tip configuration

F sharp-edged

E rounded

T beveled

Sbeveled

androunded

Manufacturer specs

Manufacturer- specific

specifications with figures and/

or letters

Tools from WEISS AG

Code Type

A010

AXXX Diam

ond t

ools

B010

BXXX

CBN

tools

1) The same generally applies to sintered indexable inserts partially dependent on size

?

ISO codeIndexable inserts


Turning tool holder clamps / ISO code

C

M

P

S

Clamp system

C 80° V 35°

D 55° W

S R

T G 45°

Indexable insert shape

A 90° F 90° K 75° S 45°

B 75° G 90° L 95° T 60°

D 45° H 107° N 63° V 72.5°

E 60° J 93° Q 15° X custom design

Tool type

B 5°

C 7°

D 15°

N 0°

P 11°

Insert relief angle

Turning tool hold-er clamps

P C L N R 25 25 M 16

Machining direction

R

L

N

Shank cross-sectionHeight (h) and width (b)

h

b

08 8 25 25

10 10 32 32

12 12 40 40

16 16 50 50

20 20

Tool length[mm]

D 60 N 160

E 70 P 170

F 80 R 200

H 100 S 250

K 125 T 300

M 150 U 350


ID [mm] T

S R

80°

C

55°

D

45°

G

4.76 085.56 096.35 11 067.94 13 07

9.525 16 09 09 1112.7 22 12 12 15

15.875 27 15 16 1919.05 33 19 19 2325.4 44 25 25 31

Boring bars ISO code

A Holder with internal coolant supply,steel shank

C Carbide shank

E Holder with internal coolant supply,Carbide shank

S Steel shank

Shank configuration

l1

Ød

08 Ø8 F 8010 Ø10 H 10012 Ø12 K 12516 Ø16 M 15020 Ø20 R 20025 Ø25 S 25032 Ø32 T 30040 Ø40 U 35050 Ø50 V 400

X Custom lengthTool diameter Ød [mm] Tool length l1 [mm]

M

P

S

Clamp system

Boring bars A 16 M S C L C R 09

Insert shape

C

D

G

S

T

V

W

Tool type

F 90°

K 75°

L 95°

Q 15°

U 93°

Insert relief angle

C 7°

D 15°

E 20°

N 0°

P 11°

Machining direction

R

L


ID [mm]

C D G S T V W

3.87 024.765.56 09 S36.35 06 07 11 11 04

9.525 09 11 09 16 16 0612.70 12 15 12 22 08

15.875 1619.05 19 19

h b

ISO codeTurning tool holder clamps and boring bars


Product spectrum

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips, ID applications ➜ Page 1-11ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips, OD applications ➜ Page 1-16

Advantages at a glance ■ Turning hardened parts is more cost-effective than grinding

■ Suitable for extreme demands

■ Outstanding abrasion resistance

■ High wear resistance ■ Outstanding chemical stability

Product features ■ CBN blanks, brazed to standard commercial indexable carbide inserts.

■ Shapes pursuant to ISO or to manufacturer specifications. ■ CBN grade differs by application.

ApplicationsCBN inserts achieve outstanding results when used with pearlitic cast iron, case-hardened and heat-treatable steels, hardened rolling bearing steels, powdered-metal iron materials, hard-facing alloys and Cr and Ni-based super-alloys.

Application conditions ■ Solid machine foundation with clearance-free ways. ■ Cooling required! Exception: small cutting depths of 0.1 - 0.2 mm

■ Basic cutting speeds of v = 80 - 150 m/min

■ Cutting depths of max. 1 mm, 0.3 - 0.4 mm for interrupted cuts; cutting depths of 0.005 mm can be machined due to the lower cutting pressure.

■ Feed rate of max. 0.1 mm/revolution, 0.03 - 0.05 mm/revolution for interrupted cuts.

Cutting tip preparation for BORAPACT(CBN) inserts ■ A negative chamfer (T) is generally ground on all BORA-PACT(CBN) inserts.

■ An additionally rounded edge of 0.025 mm is recommended for interrupted cuts or for heavy-duty roughing operations.

BORAPACT(CBN) grades B10, B040, B050, B075

BORAPACT(CBN) grades B020, B060, B070

Materials Roughing Finishing FinishingHardened steels 20° x 0.2 mm to 0.5 mm –

25° x 0.1 mm, plus 0.01 mm rounded

25° x 0.2 mm, plus 0.01 mm rounded

Hard-facing alloys 20° x 0.2 mm 20° x 0.2 mmFe sintered materials 20° x 0.2 mm 20° x 0.2 mm

Cast iron 20° x 0.2 mm 20° x 0.2 mm, alternatively 0.025 mm rounded

NI/Co based chilled cast-ing alloys 20° x 0.2 mm to 0.5 mm

20° x 0.2 to 0.5 mm0.012 mm rounded

Inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsProduct overview

1


1ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration High yield range

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.7 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCMW 06 02 02 T B0..3.6 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCMW 06 02 04 T B0..3.5 6.45 2.38 0.8 CCMW 06 02 08 T B0..4.1 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCMW 09 T3 02 T B0..4.0 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCMW 09 T3 04 T B0..3.9 9.65 3.97 0.8 CCMW 09 T3 08 T B0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.7 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMW 07 02 02 T B0..3.5 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMW 07 02 04 T B0..3.2 7.75 2.38 0.8 DCMW 07 02 08 T B0..3.8 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMW 11 T3 02 T B0..3.5 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMW 11 T3 04 T B0..3.2 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCMW 11 T3 08 T B0..

Type TCMW

rl1

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.7 9.63 2.38 0.4 TCMW 09 02 04 T B0..3.4 9.63 2.38 0.8 TCMW 09 02 08 T B0..4.0 11.0 2.38 0.2 TCMW 11 02 02 T B0..3.7 11.0 2.38 0.4 TCMW 11 02 04 T B0..3.4 11.0 2.38 0.8 TCMW 11 02 08 T B0..3.7 16.5 3.97 0.4 TCMW 16 T3 04 T B0..5.7 16.5 3.97 0.4 TCMW 16 T3 04 T B0..3.4 16.5 3.97 0.8 TCMW 16 T3 08 T B0..5.4 16.5 3.97 0.8 TCMW 16 T3 08 T B0..3.1 16.5 3.97 1.2 TCMW 16 T3 12 T B0..5.1 16.5 3.97 1.2 TCMW 16 T3 12 T B0..

See next page for ordering information and continuation

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsID applications | High yield range tip configuration

Radius sizes available up to R 0.03 mmContact us for details !!!!


2

Type TPMW

rl1

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

3.7 11.0 2.38 0.4 TPMW 11 02 04 T B0..

3.4 11.0 2.38 0.8 TPMW 11 02 08 T B0..

3.1 11.0 2.38 1.2 TPMW 11 02 12 T B0..

Type TPUN

r

60°

l1l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

3.7 9.63 2.38 0.4 TPUN 09 02 04 T B0..3.4 9.63 2.38 0.8 TPUN 09 02 08 T B0..3.7 11.0 3.18 0.4 TPUN 11 03 04 T B0..3.4 11.0 3.18 0.8 TPUN 11 03 08 T B0..3.1 11.0 3.18 1.2 TPUN 11 03 12 T B0..3.7 16.5 3.18 0.4 TPUN 16 03 04 T B0..3.4 16.5 3.18 0.8 TPUN 16 03 08 T B0..3.1 16.5 3.18 1.2 TPUN 16 03 12 T B0..

Type VCMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

4.6 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMW 11 03 02 T B0..4.2 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMW 11 03 04 T B0..3.4 11.1 3.18 0.8 VCMW 11 03 08 T B0..6.4 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMW 16 04 02 T B0..6.2 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMW 16 04 04 T B0..5.4 16.6 4.76 0.8 VCMW 16 04 08 T B0..4.4 16.6 4.76 1.2 VCMW 16 04 12 T B0..

Ordering information

Available configurations

BORAPACT(CBN)Order code B010 B020 B040 B050 B060 B070 B080Availability ✓ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

More information ➜ Page1-5✓ In stock ❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 06 02 02 T B0..Configuration: B040

■ CCMW 06 02 02 T B040 ■ l1 = 3.7 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsID applications | High yield range tip configuration

1



1

2

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use (E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCMW 06 02 02 T-E B0..2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCMW 06 02 04 T-E B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCMW 09 T3 02 T-E B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCMW 09 T3 04 T-E B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.8 CCMW 09 T3 08 T-E B0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMW 07 02 02 T-E B0..2.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMW 07 02 04 T-E B0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMW 11 T3 02 T-E B0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMW 11 T3 04 T-E B0..

Type TPUN

r

60°

l1l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

2.5 16.5 3.18 0.4 TPUN 16 03 04 T-E B0..

2.5 16.5 3.18 0.8 TPUN 16 03 08 T-E B0..

Type VCMW

rl1

35°l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMW 11 03 02 T-E B0..2.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMW 11 03 04 T-E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMW 16 04 02 T-E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMW 16 04 04 T-E B0..




More information ➜ Page 1-5✓ In stock ❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example for:Type: DCMW 07 02 02 T-E B0..Configuration: B020

■ DCMW 07 02 02 T-E B020 ■ l1 = 2.0 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsID applications | Single-use tip configuration



1

2

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use – Dual-sided (2E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

r l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCMW 06 02 02 T-2E B0..2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCMW 06 02 04 T-2E B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCMW 09 T3 02 T-2E B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCMW 09 T3 04 T-2E B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.8 CCMW 09 T3 08 T-2E B0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMW 07 02 02 T-2E B0..2.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMW 07 02 04 T-2E B0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMW 11 T3 02 T-2E B0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMW 11 T3 04 T-2E B0..

Type VCMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMW 11 03 02 T-2E B0..2.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMW 11 03 04 T-2E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMW 16 04 02 T-2E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMW 16 04 04 T-2E B0..





Ordering example for:Type: VCMW 11 03 02 T-2E B0..Configuration: B070

■ VCMW 11 03 02 T-2E B070 ■ l1 = 2.5 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsID applications | Single-use - dual-sided tip configuration

1



12

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Full face

Type TPUN

60°

rl s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

Full face 6.88 1.59 0.4 TPUN 06 01 04 T-V B0..






BORAPACT(CBN)Order code B010 B020 B040Availability ✓ ❍ ❍


Ordering example for:Type: TPUN 06 01 04 T-V B0..Configuration: B040

■ TPUN 06 01 04 T-V B040 ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsID applications | Full face tip configuration



1ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | High yield range tip configuration

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration High yield range

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

4.0 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 T B0..5.8 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 T B0..3.9 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 T B0..5.7 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 T B0..

Type CNMA

r

80°

ll1 s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

4.0 12.9 4.76 0.4 CNMA 12 04 04 T B0..5.8 12.9 4.76 0.4 CNMA 12 04 04 T B0..3.9 12.9 4.76 0.8 CNMA 12 04 08 T B0..5.7 12.9 4.76 0.8 CNMA 12 04 08 T B0..

Type DNMA

r

55°

l

l1 s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

5.4 15.5 4.76 0.4 DNMA 15 06 04 T B0..

5.1 15.5 4.76 0.8 DNMA 15 06 08 T B0..

4.7 15.5 4.76 1.2 DNMA 15 06 12 T B0..

Type SCMW

l

l1r

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

4.1 9.52 3.97 0.2 SCMW 09 T3 02 T B0..4.1 9.52 3.97 0.4 SCMW 09 T3 04 T B0..4.1 9.52 3.97 0.8 SCMW 09 T3 08 T B0..4.1 12.7 4.76 0.2 SCMW 12 04 02 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.2 SCMW 12 04 02 T B0..4.1 12.7 4.76 0.4 SCMW 12 04 04 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.4 SCMW 12 04 04 T B0..4.1 12.7 4.76 0.8 SCMW 12 04 08 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.8 SCMW 12 04 08 T B0..

See next page for ordering information and continuation ➜ Page 1-18



ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | High yield range tip configuration

Type SNMA

l

l1r

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

4.1 9.52 3.18 0.4 SNMA 09 03 04 T B0..4.1 9.52 3.18 0.8 SNMA 09 03 08 T B0..4.1 12.7 4.76 0.4 SNMA 12 04 04 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.4 SNMA 12 04 04 T B0..4.1 12.7 4.76 0.8 SNMA 12 04 08 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.8 SNMA 12 04 08 T B0..4.1 12.7 4.76 1.2 SNMA 12 04 12 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 1.2 SNMA 12 04 12 T B0..

Type SNUN

l

l1r

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

4.1 9.52 3.18 0.4 SNUN 09 03 04 T B0..4.1 9.52 3.18 0.8 SNUN 09 03 08 T B0..4.1 12.7 3.18 0.4 SNUN 12 03 04 T B0..4.1 12.7 3.18 0.8 SNUN 12 03 08 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.4 SNUN 12 04 04 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.8 SNUN 12 04 08 T B0..6.1 12.7 4.76 1.2 SNUN 12 04 12 T B0..

Type TNMA

r l1

l

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

3.7 11.0 3.18 0.4 TNMA 11 03 04 T B0..3.4 11.0 3.18 0.8 TNMA 11 03 08 T B0..3.1 11.0 3.18 1.2 TNMA 11 03 12 T B0..3.7 16.5 4.76 0.4 TNMA 16 04 04 T B0..5.7 16.5 4.76 0.4 TNMA 16 04 04 T B0..3.4 16.5 4.76 0.8 TNMA 16 04 08 T B0..5.4 16.5 4.76 0.8 TNMA 16 04 08 T B0..3.1 16.5 4.76 1.2 TNMA 16 04 12 T B0..5.1 16.5 4.76 1.2 TNMA 16 04 12 T B0..




2

Type TNUN

r

60°

l1

l

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

3.7 11.0 3.18 0.4 TNUN 11 03 04 T B0..3.4 11.0 3.18 0.8 TNUN 11 03 08 T B0..3.1 11.0 3.18 1.2 TNUN 11 03 12 T B0..3.7 16.5 3.18 0.4 TNUN 16 03 04 T B0..3.4 16.5 3.18 0.8 TNUN 16 03 08 T B0..3.1 16.5 3.18 1.2 TNUN 16 03 12 T B0..5.7 16.5 4.76 0.4 TNUN 16 04 04 T B0..5.4 16.5 4.76 0.8 TNUN 16 04 08 T B0..5.1 16.5 4.76 1.2 TNUN 16 04 12 T B0..

Type VBMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

5°

4.6 11.1 2.38 0.2 VBMW 11 02 02 T B0..4.2 11.1 2.38 0.4 VBMW 11 02 04 T B0..3.4 11.1 2.38 0.8 VBMW 11 02 08 T B0..6.4 16.6 4.76 0.2 VBMW 16 04 02 T B0..6.2 16.6 4.76 0.4 VBMW 16 04 04 T B0..5.4 16.6 4.76 0.8 VBMW 16 04 08 T B0..4.4 16.6 4.76 1.2 VBMW 16 04 12 T B0..

Type VNMA

rl1

35°l

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

6.4 16.6 4.76 0.2 VNMA 16 04 02 T B0..

6.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VNMA 16 04 04 T B0..

5.4 16.6 4.76 0.8 VNMA 16 04 08 T B0..





Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 12 04 04 T B0..Configuration: B020

■ CCMW 12 04 04 T B020 ■ l1 = 5.8 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | High yield range tip configuration

1



1

2

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use (E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°2.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 T-E B0..

2.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 T-E B0..

Type CNMA

r

80°

ll1 s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°2.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CNMA 12 04 04 T-E B0..

2.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CNMA 12 04 08 T-E B0..

Type SNUN

l

l1r

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°2.5 12.7 4.76 0.4 SNUN 12 04 04 T-E B0..

2.5 12.7 4.76 0.8 SNUN 12 04 08 T-E B0..

Type TNMA

r l1

l

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

2.5 16.5 4.76 0.1 TNMA 16 04 01 T-E B0..

2.5 16.5 4.76 0.2 TNMA 16 04 02 T-E B0..

2.5 16.5 4.76 0.4 TNMA 16 04 04 T-E B0..

Type VBMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

5°

2.5 11.1 2.38 0.2 VBMW 11 02 02 T-E B0..2.5 11.1 2.38 0.4 VBMW 11 02 04 T-E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VBMW 16 04 02 T-E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VBMW 16 04 04 T-E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.8 VBMW 16 04 08 T-E B0..





Ordering example for:Type: CNMA 12 04 04 T-E B0..Configuration: B070

■ CNMA 12 04 04 T-E B070 ■ l1 = 2.5 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | Single-use tip configuration

Radius sizes available up to R 0.03 mm. Contact us for details !!!!


1

2

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use – both sides (2E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

r l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°2.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 T-2E B0..

2.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 T-2E B0..

Type CNMA

80°

r l1l

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°2.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CNMA 12 04 04 T-2E B0..

2.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CNMA 12 04 08 T-2E B0..

Type SNUN

r l1l

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°2.5 12.7 4.76 0.4 SNUN 12 04 04 T-2E B0..

2.5 12.7 4.76 0.8 SNUN 12 04 08 T-2E B0..

Type VBMW

r35°

l1l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

5°

2.5 11.1 2.38 0.2 VBMW 11 02 02 T-2E B0..2.5 11.1 2.38 0.4 VBMW 11 02 04 T-2E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VBMW 16 04 02 T-2E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VBMW 16 04 04 T-2E B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.8 VBMW 16 04 08 T-2E B0..





Ordering example for:Type: VBMW 11 02 02 T-2E B0..Configuration: B070

■ VBMW 11 02 02 T-2E B070 ■ l1 = 2.5 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | Single-use - dual-sided tip configuration

1



1

2

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | Full face tip configuration

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration Full face

Type RNUN

d s

Dimensions

Typeαd

[mm]s

[mm]

0°

Full face 9.5 3.18 RNUN 09 03 00 T-V B0..



Type SNUN

l sr

Dimensions

Typeαl

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

Full face 12.7 4.76 0.4 SNUN 12 04 04 T-V B0..



Type TNUN

60°

rl s

Dimensions

Typeαl

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

Full face 11.0 3.18 0.4 TNUN 11 03 04 T-V B0..








BORAPACT(CBN)Order code B010 B020 B040Availability ✓ ❍ ❍


Ordering example for:Type: RNUN 09 03 00 T-V B0..Configuration: B020

■ RNUN 09 03 00 T-V B020 ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)



1

2

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration Solid material

Type CNMN

r l s

Dimensions

Typeαl

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

Solid material 9.52 3.18 0.4 CNMN 09 03 04 T B075





Type RNMN

d s

Dimensions

Typeαd

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

Solid material 9.52 3.18 – RNMN 09 03 00 T B075



Type SNMN

l sr

Dimensions

Typeαl

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

Solid material 9.52 3.18 0.4 SNMN 09 03 04 T B075





Type TNMN

r l s

Dimensions

Typeαl

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

Solid material 11.0 3.18 0.4 TNMN 11 03 04 T B075

Solid material 11.0 3.18 0.8 TNMN 11 03 08 T B075



BORAPACT(CBN)Order code B075Availability ❍


Ordering example for:Type: SNMN 09 03 04 T B075Configuration: B075

■ SNMN 09 03 04 T B075 ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | Solid material tip configuration



ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsOD applications | Solid material tip configuration


Product spectrum

Coated ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips ➜ Page 1-26

Product features ■ CBN blanks, brazed to standard commercial indexable carbide inserts.

■ Use of special CBN grades ■ Special coatings

ApplicationsCoated CBN inserts achieve outstanding results when used with pearlitic cast iron, case-hardened and heat-treatable steels, hardened rolling bearing steels, powdered-metal iron materials, hard-facing alloys and Cr and Ni-based super- alloys.

Application conditions ■ Solid machine foundation with clearance-free ways. ■ Cooling required! Exception: small cutting depths of 0.1 - 0.2 mm

■ Basic cutting speeds of v = 80 - 150 m/min

■ Cutting depths of max. 1 mm, 0.3 - 0.4 mm for interrupted cuts; cutting depths of 0.005 mm can be machined due to the lower cutting pressure.

■ Feed rate of max. 0.1 mm/revolution, 0.03 - 0.05 mm/rev-olution for interrupted cuts.

Advantages at a glance ■ High wear resistance ■ Exceptional tip edge strength

■ Increased range of applications

■ Outstanding surface finish ■ Reduced cutting edge build-up

■ Less flank wear

Coated single-use ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsProduct overview


Applications

Coated BORAPACT(CBN) inserts are suited for full or lightly interrupted cuts at high cutting speeds of Vc = 60 - 300 m/min.

Grade Applications Features

B010 C1 From slight to normally interrupted cuts. Suitable for removing hard facing alloys.

Universal grade with the largest range of applications.

B050 C1Continuously to severely interrupted cuts. Ideally suited for machining cast iron, pow-dered metal materials, and tool steels

Ductile grade for applications with severely interrupted cuts.

B060 C1Primarily used for continuous cut finishing on case-hardened, heat-treated, and hardened tool and rolling bearing steel.

Low chemical reactivity and optimized thermal conductivity. Obtains good surface

finishes.

B070 C1Used for continuous as well as moderately interrupted cuts. Used for case-hardened, heat-treatable, and alloyed steels.

The combination of high wear resistance due to improved abrasion resistance, in-

creased chemical stability, and good impact resistance, facilitates outstanding material removal rates, good surface finishes, and

outstanding tool life.

Recommended machining conditions

Grade Cutting speed V [m/min]

Feed rate [mm/R]

Depth of cut [mm]

B010 C1 100 - 300 0.05 – 0.25 0.05 – 0.50

B050 C1 60 - 120 0.05 – 0.30 0.05 – 0.50

B060 C1 80 - 250 0.05 – 0.20 0.05 – 0.25

B070 C1 80 - 200 0.05 – 0.20 0.05 – 0.35

Application conditions ■ Never measure inserts mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Coolant for full cuts: dry or wet ■ For interrupted cuts: dry ■ Strive for the highest possible cutting parameters to reduce friction and to increase tool life.

Coated single-use ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsProduct overview


2

1Coated ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tipsID applications | Single-use tip configuration

Single-use ISO inserts with BORAPACT (CBN) tips and C1 coating ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use (E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCGW 06 02 02 T-E-C1 B0..2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCGW 06 02 04 T-E-C1 B0..2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCGW 06 02 08 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCGW 09 T3 02 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCGW 09 T3 04 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.8 CCGW 09 T3 08 T-E-C1 B0..

Type DCGW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCGW 07 02 02 T-E-C1 B0..2.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCGW 07 02 04 T-E-C1 B0..2.0 7.75 2.38 0.8 DCGW 07 02 08 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCGW 11 T3 02 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCGW 11 T3 04 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCGW 11 T3 08 T-E-C1 B0..

Type TCGW

rl1

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°2.5 9.63 3.18 0.4 TCGW 11 02 04 T-E-C1 B0..

2.5 9.63 3.18 0.8 TCGW 11 02 08 T-E-C1 B0..

Type VCMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMW 11 03 02 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMW 11 03 04 T-E-C1 B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMW 16 04 02 T-E-C1 B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMW 16 04 04 T-E-C1 B0..



BORAPACT(CBN)Order code B010-C1 B050-C1 B060-C1 B070-C1Availability ✓ ❍ ❍ ❍


Ordering example for:Type: DCGW 07 02 02 T-E-C1 B0..Configuration: B050

■ DCMW 07 02 02 T-E-C1 B050 ■ l1 = 2.0 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

2

1



2

1Coated ISO inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips

OD applications | Single-use tip configuration


Single-use ISO inserts with BORAPACT (CBN) tips and C1 coating ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use

Type CNGA

r

80°

ll1 s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°2.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CNGA 12 04 04 T-E-C1 B0..

2.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CNGA 12 04 08 T-E-C1 B0..

Type SNGA

l

l1r

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°2.5 12.7 4.76 0.4 SNGA 12 04 04 T-E-C1 B0..

2.5 12.7 4.76 0.8 SNGA 12 04 08 T-E-C1 B0..

Type TNGA

r l1

l

s

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

0°

2.5 16.5 4.76 0.2 TNGA 16 04 02 T-E-C1 B0..

2.5 16.5 4.76 0.4 TNGA 16 04 04 T-E-C1 B0..

2.5 16.5 4.76 0.8 TNGA 16 04 08 T-E-C1 B0..

Type VBMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

5°

2.5 11.1 3.18 0.2 VBMW 11 03 02 T-E-C1 B0..2.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VBMW 11 03 04 T-E-C1 B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VBMW 16 04 02 T-E-C1 B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VBMW 16 04 04 T-E-C1 B0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.8 VBMW 16 04 08 T-E-C1 B0..



BORAPACT(CBN)Order code B010-C1 B050-C1 B060-C1 B070-C1Availability ✓ ❍ ❍ ❍


Ordering example for:Type: DCGW 07 02 02 T-E-C1 B0..Configuration: B050

■ DCGW 07 02 02 T-E-C1 B050 ■ l1 = 2.0 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


Product spectrum

ISO inserts with diamond tips, ID applications ➜ Page 1-29ISO inserts with diamond tips, OD applications ➜ Page 1-36

Advantages at a glance ■ Tightest dimensional tolerances and superior surface finishes

■ Maximum tool life ■ Minimized scrap rates ■ Minimal or no burrs

Product features ■ Diamond blanks brazed or vacuum-brazed to standard commercial indexable carbide inserts.

■ Depending on the tip material, the diamonds contain soft binders (PCD) or none (CVD diamond, MCD, natural diamond).

■ Diamond grades are selected by application.

ApplicationsTools with diamond tips achieve outstanding results with regard to tool life, surface finishes, production times, and are therefore primarily suited for high-volume production or in applications with high tool wear.

The high abrasion resistance results in very long tool lives, and therefore in low production machinery downtime.

PCD inserts CVD diamond inserts MCD inserts Natural diamond insertsAl-Si alloys up to 20 % Si Al-Si alloys from 13 % Si Aluminum alloys up to 6 % Si Aluminum alloys up to 6 % Si

Ceramics unsintered and sintered MMCs Copper Copper

Copper alloys FGC, graphite Gold GoldFGC/CFC Tungsten Silver SilverCarbides

unsintered and sinteredThermoplastics with carbon fiber,

Teflon with high glass content Plastics Plastics

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Have inserts reground before tip fracture. ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts.

■ High-rate cooling with mild drilling emulsion dramatically improves cutting performance.

■ Strive for the highest possible cutting parameters to reduce friction and to increase insert tool life.

Inserts with diamond tipsProduct overview

1


1ISO inserts with diamond tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration High yield range

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.7 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCMW 06 02 02 F A0..3.6 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCMW 06 02 04 F A0..4.7 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCMW 09 T3 02 F A0..4.6 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCMW 09 T3 04 F A0..4.5 9.65 3.97 0.8 CCMW 09 T3 08 F A0..

Type CPGW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

2.7 5.6 2.38 0.2 CPGW 05 02 02 F A0..2.6 5.6 2.38 0.4 CPGW 05 02 04 F A0..3.6 6.45 2.38 0.2 CPGW 06 02 02 F A0..3.5 6.45 2.38 0.4 CPGW 06 02 04 F A0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.2 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMW 07 02 02 F A0..3.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMW 07 02 04 F A0..4.2 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMW 11 T3 02 F A0..4.0 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMW 11 T3 04 F A0..3.7 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCMW 11 T3 08 F A0..

Type TCMW

rl1

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.4 9.63 2.38 0.2 TCMW 09 02 02 F A0..3.2 9.63 2.38 0.4 TCMW 09 02 04 F A0..3.0 9.63 2.38 0.8 TCMW 09 02 08 F A0..3.4 11.0 2.38 0.2 TCMW 11 02 02 F A0..3.2 11.0 2.38 0.4 TCMW 11 02 04 F A0..3.0 11.0 2.38 0.8 TCMW 11 02 08 F A0..4.4 16.5 3.97 0.2 TCMW 16 T3 02 F A0..4.2 16.5 3.97 0.4 TCMW 16 T3 04 F A0..4.0 16.5 3.97 0.8 TCMW 16 T3 08 F A0..


ISO inserts with diamond tipsID applications | High yield range tip configuration



2

Type TPMW

rl1

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

3.4 11.0 2.38 0.2 TPMW 11 02 02 F A0..

3.2 11.0 2.38 0.4 TPMW 11 02 04 F A0..

3.0 11.0 2.38 0.8 TPMW 11 02 08 F A0..

Type TPUN

r

60°

l1l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

3.4 11.0 3.18 0.2 TPUN 11 03 02 F A0..3.2 11.0 3.18 0.4 TPUN 11 03 04 F A0..3.0 11.0 3.18 0.8 TPUN 11 03 08 F A0..3.4 16.5 3.18 0.2 TPUN 16 03 02 F A0..6.5 16.5 3.18 0.2 TPUN 16 03 02 F A0..3.2 16.5 3.18 0.4 TPUN 16 03 04 F A0..6.3 16.5 3.18 0.4 TPUN 16 03 04 F A0..3.0 16.5 3.18 0.8 TPUN 16 03 08 F A0..6.0 16.5 3.18 0.8 TPUN 16 03 08 F A0..

Type VCMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

4.6 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMW 11 03 02 F A0..4.1 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMW 11 03 04 F A0..3.5 11.1 3.18 0.8 VCMW 11 03 08 F A0..6.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMW 16 04 02 F A0..5.7 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMW 16 04 04 F A0..4.8 16.6 4.76 0.8 VCMW 16 04 08 F A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural

diamondOrder code A010 A020 A030 A040 A041 A060 A070 A080Availability ✓ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

More information ➜ Page 1-6 ➜ Page 1-7✓ In stock ❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 06 02 02 F A0..Configuration: MCD

■ CCMW 06 02 02 F A070 ■ l1 = 3.7 mm1)

■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)1) For cost reasons, the cutting edge length l1on MCD and natural diamond tools should be configured as short as possible.


1



2

ISO inserts with diamond tipsOD applications | Positive high yield range tip configuration

ISO inserts with diamond tips positive ■ OD applications / tip configuration High yield range

Type DCMT (positive, neutral rake angle)

55°

l1

r

l

β

s α

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

3.2 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMT 07 02 02 F N A0..3.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMT 07 02 04 F N A0..4.2 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMT 11 T3 02 F N A0..4.0 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMT 11 T3 04 F N A0..3.7 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCMT 11 T3 08 F N A0..

Type VCMTV (positive neutral rake angle)

35°

r

l l1

s

β

α

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

4.6 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMT 11 03 02 F N A0..4.1 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMT 11 03 04 F N A0..3.5 11.1 3.18 0.8 VCMT 11 03 08 F N A0..6.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMT 16 04 02 F N A0..5.7 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMT 16 04 04 F N A0..4.8 16.6 4.76 0.8 VCMT 16 04 08 F N A0..

Type DCMTV (Positive R/L rake angle)

55°

R

l1 l

s

a

a

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

6.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMT 07 02 02 F R/L A0..5.5 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMT 07 02 04 F R/L A0..5.0 7.75 2.38 0.8 DCMT 07 02 08 F R/L A0..7.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMT 11 T3 02 F R/L A0..7.0 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMT 11 T3 04 F R/L A0..6.5 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCMT 11 T3 08 F R/L A0..

Type VCMT (Positive R/L rake angle)

l

l1

r

35°

s

β

α

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

7.0 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMT 11 03 02 F R/L A0..6.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMT 11 03 04 F R/L A0..6.0 11.1 3.18 0.8 VCMT 11 03 08 F R/L A0..8.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMT 16 04 02 F R/L A0..7.5 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMT 16 04 04 F R/L A0..7.0 16.6 4.76 0.8 VCMT 16 04 08 F R/L A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: DCMT 07 02 02 F N A0..Configuration: PKD A010

■ DCMT 07 02 02 F N A010 ■ l1 = 3.2 mm1)


1



11

2

ISO inserts with diamond tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use (E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCMW 06 02 02 F-E A0..2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCMW 06 02 04 F-E A0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCMW 09 T3 02 F-E A0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCMW 09 T3 04 F-E A0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.8 CCMW 09 T3 08 F-E A0..

Type CPGW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CPGW 06 02 02 F-E A0..

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CPGW 06 02 04 F-E A0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMW 07 02 02 F-E A0..2.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMW 07 02 04 F-E A0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMW 11 T3 02 F-E A0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMW 11 T3 04 F-E A0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCMW 11 T3 08 F-E A0..

Type TPUN

r

60°

l1l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

2.5 16.5 3.19 0.2 TPUN 16 03 02 F-E A0..

2.5 16.5 3.19 0.4 TPUN 16 03 04 F-E A0..

Type VCMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMW 11 03 02 F-E A0..2.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMW 11 03 04 F-E A0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMW 16 04 02 F-E A0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMW 16 04 04 F-E A0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.8 VCMW 16 04 08 F-E A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 06 02 02 F-E A0..Configuration: Natural diamond

■ CCMW 06 02 02 F-E A080 ■ l1 = 2.0 mm1)


ISO inserts with diamond tipsID applications | Single-use tip configuration



1

2

ISO inserts with diamond tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use – both sides (2E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

r l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCMW 06 02 02 F-2E A0..2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCMW 06 02 04 F-2E A0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCMW 09 T3 02 F-2E A0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCMW 09 T3 04 F-2E A0..2.5 9.65 3.97 0.8 CCMW 09 T3 08 F-2E A0..

Type CPGW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CPGW 06 02 02 F-2E A0..

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CPGW 06 02 04 F-2E A0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMW 07 02 02 F-2E A0..2.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMW 07 02 04 F-2E A0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMW 11 T3 02 F-2E A0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMW 11 T3 04 F-2E A0..2.5 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCMW 11 T3 08 F-2E A0..

Type VCMW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCMW 11 03 02 F-2E A0..2.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCMW 11 03 04 F-2E A0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCMW 16 04 02 F-2E A0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCMW 16 04 04 F-2E A0..3.0 16.6 4.76 0.8 VCMW 16 04 08 F-2E A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 06 02 02 F-2E A0..Configuration: CVD diamond

■ CCMW 06 02 02 F-2E A060 ■ l1 = 2.0 mm1)


ISO inserts with diamond tipsID applications | Single-use - dual-sided tip configuration



12

ISO inserts with diamond tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Full face

Type TPUN

60°

rl s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

Full face 6.88 1.59 0.2 TPUN 06 01 02 -FV A0..





DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamondOrder code A010 A020 A030 A040 A041 A060Availability ✓ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍


Ordering example for:Type: TPUN 06 01 02 -FV A0..Configuration: DIAPACT A040

■ TPUN 06 01 02 -FV A040 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

ISO inserts with diamond tipsID applications | Full face tip configuration





1ISO inserts with diamond tipsOD applications | High yield range tip configuration

ISO inserts with diamond tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration High yield range

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

4.6 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 F A0..

5.8 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 F A0..

4.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 F A0..

5.7 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 F A0..

Type CPGW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

3.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CPGW 12 04 04 F A0..5.8 12.9 4.76 0.4 CPGW 12 04 04 F A0..3.4 12.9 4.76 0.8 CPGW 12 04 08 F A0..5.7 12.9 4.76 0.8 CPGW 12 04 08 F A0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°6.0 15.5 4.76 0.4 DCMW 15 04 04 F A0..

5.7 15.5 4.76 0.8 DCMW 15 04 08 F A0..

Type SCMW

l

l1r

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.6 9.52 3.97 0.2 SCMW 09 T3 02 F A0..3.6 9.52 3.97 0.4 SCMW 09 T3 04 F A0..3.6 9.52 3.97 0.8 SCMW 09 T3 08 F A0..4.6 12.7 4.76 0.2 SCMW 12 04 02 F A0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.2 SCMW 12 04 02 F A0..4.6 12.7 4.76 0.4 SCMW 12 04 04 F A0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.4 SCMW 12 04 04 F A0..4.6 12.7 4.76 0.8 SCMW 12 04 08 F A0..6.1 12.7 4.76 0.8 SCMW 12 04 08 F A0..




2

Type SPUN

l

l1r s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

3.6 9.52 3.18 0.2 SPUN 09 03 02 F A0..3.6 9.52 3.18 0.4 SPUN 09 03 04 F A0..4.6 12.7 3.18 0.2 SPUN 12 03 02 F A0..6.1 12.7 3.18 0.2 SPUN 12 03 02 F A0..4.6 12.7 3.18 0.4 SPUN 12 03 04 F A0..6.1 12.7 3.18 0.4 SPUN 12 03 04 F A0..4.6 12.7 3.18 0.8 SPUN 12 03 08 F A0..6.1 12.7 3.18 0.8 SPUN 12 03 08 F A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 12 04 08 F A0..Configuration: MCD

■ CCMW 12 04 04 F A070 ■ l1 = 5.8 mm1)


ISO inserts with diamond tipsOD applications | High yield range tip configuration



11

2

ISO inserts with diamond tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use (E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°2.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 F-E A0..

2.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 F-E A0..

Type SCMW

l

l1r

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 9.52 3.97 0.2 SCMW 09 T3 02 F-E A0..2.5 9.52 3.97 0.4 SCMW 09 T3 04 F-E A0..2.5 9.52 3.97 0.8 SCMW 09 T3 08 F-E A0..2.5 12.7 4.76 0.2 SCMW 12 04 02 F-E A0..2.5 12.7 4.76 0.4 SCMW 12 04 04 F-E A0..2.5 12.7 4.76 0.8 SCMW 12 04 08 F-E A0..

Type SPUN

l

l1r s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°2.5 12.7 3.18 0.2 SPUN 12 03 02 F-E A0..

2.5 12.7 3.18 0.4 SPUN 12 03 04 F-E A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 12 04 04 F-E A0..Configuration: CVD diamond

■ CCMW 12 04 04 F-E A060 ■ l1 = 2.5 mm1)


ISO inserts with diamond tipsOD applications | Single-use tip configuration



1

2

ISO inserts with diamond tips ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use – both sides (2E)

Type CCMW

80°

l

r l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°2.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 F-2E A0..

2.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 F-2E A0..

Type SCMW

l

l1r

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 9.52 3.97 0.2 SCMW 09 T3 02 F-2E A0..2.5 9.52 3.97 0.4 SCMW 09 T3 04 F-2E A0..2.5 9.52 3.97 0.8 SCMW 09 T3 08 F-2E A0..2.5 12.7 4.76 0.2 SCMW 12 04 02 F-2E A0..2.5 12.7 4.76 0.4 SCMW 12 04 04 F-2E A0..2.5 12.7 4.76 0.8 SCMW 12 04 08 F-2E A0..

Type SPUN

l

l1

r

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°2.5 12.7 3.18 0.2 SPUN 12 03 02 F-2E A0..

2.5 12.7 3.18 0.4 SPUN 12 03 04 F-2E A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: CCMW 12 04 04 F-2E A0..Configuration: MCD

■ CCMW 12 04 04 F-2E A070 ■ l1 = 2.5 mm1)


ISO inserts with diamond tipsOD applications | Single-use - dual-sided tip configuration



Product spectrum

ISO inserts with CVD diamond tips, OD applications ➜ Page 1-41 Advantages at a glance ■ Tightest dimensional toler-ances and superior surface finishes


Product features ■ CVD thick film, vacuum-brazed to standard commercial indexable carbide inserts.

■ Superior cutting edge quality ■ Cutting edge quality is created by laser

ApplicationsTools with CVD diamond tips achieve outstanding results with regard to tool life, surface finishes, production times, and are therefore primarily suited for high-volume produc-tion or in applications with high tool wear.


CVD diamond insertsAl-Si alloys from 13 % Si

MMCsFGC, graphite

TungstenThermoplastics with carbon fiber,

Teflon with high glass content

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Have inserts reground before tip chipping. ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts.



Lasered CVD diamond insertsProduct overview

1


2

1ISO inserts with CVD diamond tips ■ ID applications ■ Tip configuration Single-use

Type CCGW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCGW 06 02 02 F-E LC A060 2.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCGW 06 02 04 F-E LC A0602.5 9.65 3.97 0.2 CCGW 09 T3 02 F-E LC A0602.5 9.65 3.97 0.4 CCGW 09 T3 04 F-E LC A060

Type CPGW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 CPGW 06 02 02 F-E LC A0602.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 CPGW 06 02 04 F-E LC A0602.5 12.9 4.76 0.2 CPGW 12 04 02 F-E LC A0602.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CPGW 12 04 04 F-E LC A060

Type DCGW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCGW 07 02 02 F-E LC A0602.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCGW 07 02 04 F-E LC A0602.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCGW 11 T3 02 F-E LC A0602.5 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCGW 11 T3 04 F-E LC A060

Type VCGW

rl1

35°

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

2.5 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCGW 11 03 02 F-E LC A0602.2 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCGW 11 03 04 F-E LC A0603.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCGW 16 04 02 F-E LC A0602.7 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCGW 16 04 04 F-E LC A060



CVD diamondOrder code A060Availability ❍


Upon request, inserts can also be supplied with chip breakers!

ISO inserts with lasered CVD diamond tipsOD/ID applications | Single-use tip configuration

Ordering example for:Type: VCGW 11 03 02 F-E LCConfiguration: CVD A060

■ VCGW 11 03 02 F-E LC A060 ■ l1 = 2.5 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


2

1ISO inserts with CVD diamond tips / POSITIVE ■ OD applications ■ Tip configuration High yield range

Type DCGT Positive neutral rake angle

55°

l1

r

l

β

s α

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

3.2 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCGT 07 02 02 F-N LC A0603.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCGT 07 02 04 F-N LC A0604.2 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCGT 11 T3 02 F-N LC A0604.0 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCGT 11 T3 04 F-N LC A060

Type VCGT (positive neutral rake angle)

35°

r

l l1

s

β

α

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

2.0 6.45 2.38 0.2 VCGT 11 03 02 F-N LC A0602.0 6.45 2.38 0.4 VCGT 11 03 04 F-N LC A0602.5 12.9 4.76 0.2 VCGT 16 04 02 F-N LC A0602.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 VCGT 16 04 04 F-N LC A060

Type DCGTV (Positive R/L rake angle)

55°

R

l1 l

s

a

a

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

6.0 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCGT 07 02 02 F R/L LC A0..5.5 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCGT 07 02 04 F R/L LC A0..5.0 7.75 2.38 0.8 DCGT 07 02 08 F R/L LC A0..7.5 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCGT 11 T3 02 F R/L LC A0..7.0 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCGT 11 T3 04 F R/L LC A0..6.5 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCGT 11 T3 08 F R/L LC A0..

Type VCGT(Positive R/L rake angle)

l

l1

r

35°

s

β

α

Dimensions

Typeα βl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7° 6°

7.0 11.1 3.18 0.2 VCGT 11 03 02 F R/L LC A0..6.5 11.1 3.18 0.4 VCGT 11 03 04 F R/L LC A0..6.0 11.1 3.18 0.8 VCGT 11 03 08 F R/L LC A0..8.0 16.6 4.76 0.2 VCGT 16 04 02 F R/L LC A0..7.5 16.6 4.76 0.4 VCGT 16 04 04 F R/L LC A0..7.0 16.6 4.76 0.8 VCGT 16 04 08 F R/L LC A0..



CVD diamondOrder code A060Availability ❍


Upon request, inserts can also be supplied with chip breakers!

Ordering example for:Type: VCGT 11 03 02 F-R LCConfiguration: CVD A060

ISO inserts with lasered CVD diamond tipsOD/ID applications | positive high yield range tip configuration

■ VCGT 11 03 02 F-R LC A060 ■ l1 = 7.0 mm ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


ISO inserts with lasered CVD diamond tipsOD/ID applications | Single-use tip configuration


Product spectrum

With BORAPACT (CBN) tips for ID machining ➜ Page 1-45With BORAPACT (CBN) tips for OD machining ➜ Page 1-47With diamond tips for ID applications ➜ Page 1-50With diamond tips for OD applications ➜ Page 1-52

Advantages at a glanceBORAPACT(CBN)

■ Turning hardened parts is more cost-effective than grinding

■ Suitable for extreme demands

■ Outstanding abrasion resistance

■ High wear resistance ■ Outstanding chemical stability

Diamond ■ Tightest dimensional tolerances and superior surface finishes


Product features ■ BORAPACT(CBN) or diamond blanks, brazed or vacu-um-brazed to steel or carbide shafts

■ Shapes pursuant to DIN or to manufacturer specifications

■ CBN and diamond grades differ by application

ApplicationsBecause they are directly brazed to substrates, the tools are suitable for:

BORAPACT (CBN) shank tools ■ Shafts and lead screws ■ Post-processing of hard-faced coatings ■ Turning down case-hardened coatings on shafts, etc. ■ Grooving of retaining, clamping, and O-ring grooves on hardened workpieces

■ Repairs on hardened workpieces ■ Workpieces made from hard steel castings ■ Opening up bore IDs instead of grinding

Diamond shaft tools ■ Aluminum machining with high chip volume ■ Titanium machining ■ Collectors ■ Plastic and nonferrous metal decolletage ■ Electrodes, graphite dies ■ Ceramic components ■ High-sheen machining of acrylic glass ■ Machining clock/watch components

Application conditionsBORAPACT (CBN) shank tools

■ Solid machine foundation with clearance-free ways ■ Cooling is mandatory Exception: small cutting depths of 0.1 - 0.2 mm

■ Cutting speeds v: generally 80 m/min – 150 m/min ■ Cut depth a: max. 1 mm, 0.3 mm – 0.4 mm on interrupted cuts. Cut depths of 0.005 mm can be achieved due to the low cutting pressure.

■ Feed rate of max. 0.1 mm/revolution, 0.03 - 0.05 mm/rev-olution for interrupted cuts

Diamond shank tools ■ Solid machine foundation with clearance-free ways ■ Cooling is advantageous depending on tip material Exception: small cutting depths of 0.1 - 0.2 mm

■ Cutting speeds v: up to 2800 m/min possible, however not required

■ Cut depth a: max. tip length of the diamond tip minus 0.5 mm. Cut depths of 0.005 mm can be achieved due to the low cutting pressure.

■ Sufficient heat evacuation (cooling) must be provided with high chip cross-sections to avoid the DIAPACT PCD tip from breaking the brazed bond.

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) and diamond tipsProduct overview

1


2

1Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tips ■ For ID machining ■ Application ID turning

2121 ID turning tool

h

l

c

l1

Ød-

min

Ød

15°

5°15°

r

6° negative

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]

Ød-min[mm]

5 6 100 4 0.4 2 8 B 2121 R/L6 B0..7 8 120 5 0.4 2 10 B 2121 R/L8 B0..9 10 140 5 0.4 3 13 B 2121 R/L10 B0..11 12 160 8 0.8 3 15 B 2121 R/L12 B0..14 16 180 8 0.8 4 20 B 2121 R/L16 B0..18 20 200 8 0.8 4 24 B 2121 R/L20 B0..23 25 250 8 1.2 4 29 B 2121 R/L25 B0..

2870 Boring bar insert, Type A, ID turning tool

h1 h2

90°

Ødl1

l20°r

6° negative Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

h1[mm]

h2[mm]

r[mm]

matches holder

8 35 5 6 7 0.4 2855-20 B 2870-8-A B0..10 45 8 8 9 0.8 2855-25 B 2870-10-A B0..12 55 8 10 11 0.8 2855-32 B 2870-12-A B0..14 70 8 12 13 0.8 2855-40 B 2870-14-A B0..16 90 8 14 15 1.2 2855-50 B 2870-16-A B0..



BORAPACT(CBN)Order code B010 B020 B040 B050Availability ✓ ❍ ❍ ❍


Ordering example for:Type: B 2121 R/L6 B0..Configuration R: BORAPACT B020

■ B 2121 R6 B020 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tipsFor ID applications | ID turning


1

2

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tips ■ For ID machining ■ Application Blind hole boring

2123 ID offset edge turning tool

hØ

d

15°

5°

5°

l

l1

Ød-

min

c6° negative

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]

Ød-min[mm]

5 6 100 4 0.4 2 8 B 2123 R/L6 B0..7 8 120 5 0.4 2 10 B 2123 R/L8 B0..9 10 140 5 0.4 3 13 B 2123 R/L10 B0..11 12 160 8 0.8 3 15 B 2123 R/L12 B0..14 16 180 8 0.8 4 20 B 2123 R/L16 B0..18 20 200 8 0.8 4 24 B 2123 R/L20 B0..23 25 250 8 1.2 4 29 B 2123 R/L25 B0..

2125 ID offset edge turning tool, carbide shank (from Ø5 also available with internal coolant supply)

rf m

ax Ød

5°

5°

l1

l

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

fmax

[mm]r

[mm]matches holder

2 50 3 2.5 0.2 1) B 2125 R/L2 B0..3 50 3 3.5 0.2 1) B 2125 R/L3 B0..4 60 4 4.7 0.2 2840-04 B 2125 R/L4 B0..5 60 4 5.7 0.4 2840-05 B 2125 R/L5 B0..6 80 5 7.0 0.4 2840-06 B 2125 R/L6 B0..8 100 5 9.0 0.4 2840-08 B 2125 R/L8 B0..

10 100 8 11.0 0.4 2840-10 B 2125 R/L10 B0..12 100 8 13.0 0.8 2840-12 B 2125 R/L12 B0..16 150 10 17.0 0.8 2840-16 B 2125 R/L16 B0..20 150 10 21.0 0.8 1) B 2125 R/L20 B0..

1) Clamped with collet

2870 Boring bar insert, Type B, ID offset edge turning tool

h1 h2

L

l1

Ød

40°

40°

r


TypeØd

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

h1[mm]

h2[mm]

r[mm]

matches holder

8 35 5 6 7 0.4 2855-20 B 2870-8-B B0..10 45 8 8 9 0.8 2855-25 B 2870-10-B B0..12 55 8 10 11 0.8 2855-32 B 2870-12-B B0..14 70 8 12 13 0.8 2855-40 B 2870-14-B B0..16 90 8 14 15 1.2 2855-50 B 2870-16-B B0..





Ordering example for:Type: B 2125 R/L2 B0..Configuration L: BORAPACT B050

■ B 2125 L2 B050 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tipsFor ID applications | Blind hole boring applications

1


1

2

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tips ■ For OD machining ■ Application Longitudinal turning

2110, finishing tool, center

h

6° negative

bl

°0

9

r

l1

right-hand conf.

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.4 B 2110 R/L10 B0..12 12 100 8 0.4 B 2110 R/L12 B0..16 16 110 8 0.8 B 2110 R/L16 B0..20 20 125 8 0.8 B 2110 R/L20 B0..25 20 140 8 0.8 B 2110 R/L25 B0..32 25 170 8 1.2 B 2110 R/L32 B0..

2111 Radius tool

hb

°0

9

l

r

6° negativeDimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]r

[mm]10 10 90 4 B 2111/10 B0..12 12 100 4 B 2111/12 B0..16 16 110 4 B 2111/16 B0..20 20 125 4 B 2111/20 B0..25 20 140 4 B 2111/25 B0..32 32 170 4 B 2111/32 B0..

2112, finishing tool, straight

h

6° negative

b

l20°

4

l1

rright-hand conf.

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.4 B 2112 R/L10 B0..12 12 100 8 0.4 B 2112 R/L12 B0..16 16 110 8 0.8 B 2112 R/L16 B0..20 20 125 8 0.8 B 2112 R/L20 B0..25 20 140 8 0.8 B 2112 R/L25 B0..32 25 170 8 1.2 B 2112 R/L32 B0..

2113 Offset spindle turning tool

h

cl1

b

l

5°

r

right-hand conf.

6° negativeDimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.2 4 B 2113 R/L10 B0..12 12 100 8 0.4 4 B 2113 R/L12 B0..16 16 110 8 0.8 4 B 2113 R/L16 B0..20 20 125 8 0.8 5 B 2113 R/L20 B0..25 20 140 8 0.8 5 B 2113 R/L25 B0..32 25 170 8 1.2 5 B 2113 R/L32 B0..





Ordering example for:Type: B 2111/25 B0..Configuration: BORAPACT B040

■ B 2111/25 B040 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tipsFor OD machining | Longitudinal turning applications


1

2

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tips ■ For OD machining ■ Application Facing and longitudinal turning

2114 Offset edge turning tool

hl1

c

b

5°

5°

lr

right-hand conf.


Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]


2117, finishing tool, elbow

hb

l1

c45

°

l

r

rright-hand conf.


Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]







■ B 2117 R16 B050 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tipsFor OD machining | Facing and longitudinal turning applications

1


12

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tips ■ For OD machining ■ Application Grooving and cut-off

2115 Grooving tool

hb

l

l1

t

1°

right-hand conf.


Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

t[mm]

10 10 90 up to 3.3 6 B 2115 R/L10 B0..12 12 100 up to 3.3 6 B 2115 R/L12 B0..16 16 110 up to 7.8 9 B 2115 R/L16 B0..20 20 125 3.3 – 7.8 10 B 2115 R/L20 B0..25 20 140 3.3 – 7.8 10 B 2115 R/L25 B0..






■ B 2115 R10 B020 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date) ■ Groove width l1 [mm] ■ Groove depth t [mm]

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tipsFor OD machining | Grooving and cutoff applications


21Shank tools with diamond tips

■ For ID machining ■ Application ID turning

2870 Boring bar insert, Type A, ID turning tool

Ød

l6° positive

h2h1

90°

20°

l1

r

Dimensionsmatches holder Type

Ød[mm]

l[mm]

l1-0.2[mm]

h1[mm]

h2[mm]

r[mm]

8 35 5 6 7 0.4 2855-20 D 2870-8-A A0..

10 45 8 8 9 0.8 2855-25 D 2870-10-A A0..

12 55 8 10 11 0.8 2855-32 D 2870-12-A A0..

14 70 8 12 13 0.8 2855-40 D 2870-14-A A0..

16 90 8 14 15 0.8 2855-50 D 2870-16-A A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: D 2870-10-A A0..Configuration: Natural diamond

■ D 2870-10-A A080 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

The cutting edge length l1 can be specified and for cost reasons should be held as short as possible on MCD and natural diamond tools.

Shank tools with diamond tipsFor ID applications | ID turning

1


2

1Shank tools with diamond tips ■ For ID machining ■ Application Blind hole boring

2123 ID offset edge turning tool

h

l

h/2

6° positive

Ød

5°

5°

cl1Ød-

min

r

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]

Ød-min[mm]

5 6 100 4 0.2 2 8 D 2123 R/L6 A0..7 8 120 5 0.2 2 10 D 2123 R/L8 A0..9 10 140 5 0.4 3 13 D 2123 R/L10 A0..11 12 160 8 0.4 3 15 D 2123 R/L12 A0..14 16 180 8 0.8 4 20 D 2123 R/L16 A0..18 20 200 8 0.8 4 24 D 2123 R/L20 A0..23 25 250 8 0.8 4 29 D 2123 R/L25 A0..

2125 ID offset edge turning tool, carbide shank (from Ø5 also available with internal coolant supply)

rf m

ax Ød

5°

5°

l1

l

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

fmax

[mm]r

[mm]matches holder

2 50 0.5 2.5 0.2 1) D 2125 R/L2 A0..3 50 0.5 3.5 0.2 1) D 2125 R/L3 A0..4 60 4 4.7 0.2 2840-04 D 2125 R/L4 A0..5 60 4 5.7 0.2 2840-05 D 2125 R/L5 A0..6 80 5 7.0 0.2 2840-06 D 2125 R/L6 A0..8 100 5 9.0 0.4 2840-08 D 2125 R/L8 A0..

10 100 8 11.0 0.4 2840-10 D 2125 R/L10 A0..12 100 8 13.0 0.4 2840-12 D 2125 R/L12 A0..16 150 10 17.0 0.4 2840-16 D 2125 R/L16 A0..20 150 10 21.0 0.4 1) D 2125 R/L20 A0..

1) Clamped with collet

2870 Boring bar insert, Type B, ID offset edge turning tool

h2h1

l

l1

Ød

40°

40°

r

6° positive Dimensionsmatches holder Type

Ød[mm]

l[mm]

l1-0.2[mm]

h1[mm]

h2[mm]

r[mm]

8 35 5 6 7 0.4 2855-20 D 2870-8-B A0..

10 45 8 8 9 0.8 2855-25 D 2870-10-B A0..

12 55 8 10 11 0.8 2855-32 D 2870-12-B A0..

14 70 8 12 13 0.8 2855-40 D 2870-14-B A0..

16 90 8 14 15 0.8 2855-50 D 2870-16-B A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: D 2123 R/L6 A0..Configuration L: Natural diamond

■ D 2123 L6 A080 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

The edge length l1 can be specified and for cost reasons should be held as short as possible on MCD and natural diamond tools.

Shank tools with diamond tipsFor ID applications | Blind hole boring applications


1

2

Shank tools with diamond tips ■ For OD machining ■ Application Longitudinal turning

2110 finishing tool, center

h

l

bl1

90°r right-hand conf.

6° positive Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.4 D 2110 R/L10 A0..12 12 100 8 0.4 D 2110 R/L12 A0..16 16 110 8 0.8 D 2110 R/L16 A0..20 20 125 8 0.8 D 2110 R/L20 A0..25 20 140 8 0.8 D 2110 R/L25 A0..32 25 170 8 0.8 D 2110 R/L32 A0..

2111 Radius tool

h

l

b90°r

6° positiveDimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]r

[mm]10 10 90 4.0 D 2111/10 A0..12 12 100 4.0 D 2111/12 A0..16 16 110 4.0 D 2111/16 A0..20 20 125 4.0 D 2111/20 A0..25 20 140 4.0 D 2111/25 A0..32 32 170 4.0 D 2111/32 A0..

2112 finishing tool, straight

h

l

b

l1 20°

4

r

right-hand conf.


Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.4 D 2112 R/L10 A0..12 12 100 8 0.4 D 2112 R/L12 A0..16 16 110 8 0.8 D 2112 R/L16 A0..20 20 125 8 0.8 D 2112 R/L20 A0..25 20 140 8 0.8 D 2112 R/L25 A0..32 25 170 8 0.8 D 2112 R/L32 A0..

2113 Offset spindle turning tool

h

l

b

l1

c

5°

r

right-hand conf.


Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.2 4 D 2113 R/L10 A0..12 12 100 8 0.4 4 D 2113 R/L12 A0..16 16 110 8 0.8 4 D 2113 R/L16 A0..20 20 125 8 0.8 5 D 2113 R/L20 A0..25 20 140 8 0.8 5 D 2113 R/L25 A0..32 25 170 8 0.8 5 D 2113 R/L32 A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: D 2111/10 A0..Configuration: CVD diamond

■ D 2111/10 A060 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


Shank tools with diamond tipsFor OD machining | Longitudinal turning applications

1


1

2

Shank tools with diamond tips ■ For OD machining ■ Application Facing and longitudinal turning

2114 Offset edge turning tool

h

l

b

l1 c5°

5°

right-hand conf.

6° positive

r

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.2 4 D 2114 R/L10 A0..

12 12 100 8 0.4 4 D 2114 R/L12 A0..

16 16 110 8 0.8 4 D 2114 R/L16 A0..

20 20 125 8 0.8 5 D 2114 R/L20 A0..

25 20 140 8 0.8 5 D 2114 R/L25 A0..

32 25 170 8 0.8 5 D 2114 R/L32 A0..

2117 finishing tool, elbow

h

l

b

l1 c

45°

r

r

6° positive

right-hand conf.

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

r[mm]

c[mm]

10 10 90 8 0.4 6 D 2117 R/L10 A0..

12 12 100 8 0.4 6 D 2117 R/L12 A0..

16 16 110 8 0.8 6 D 2117 R/L16 A0..

20 20 125 8 0.8 6 D 2117 R/L20 A0..

25 20 140 8 0.8 7 D 2117 R/L25 A0..

32 25 170 8 0.8 7 D 2117 R/L32 A0..



DIAPACTPCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: D 2114 R/L10 A0..Configuration R: MCD

■ D 2114 R10 A070 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


Shank tools with diamond tipsFor OD machining | Facing and longitudinal turning applications


12

Shank tools with diamond tips ■ For OD machining ■ Application Grooving and cut-off

2115 Grooving tool

h

l6° positive

b

l1

t

1°

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

t[mm]

10 10 90 up to 3.8 8 D 2115 R/L10 A0..

12 12 100 up to 3.8 9 D 2115 R/L12 A0..

16 16 110 up to 7.8 10 D 2115 R/L16 A0..

20 20 125 3.8 – 7.8 12 D 2115 R/L20 A0..

25 20 140 3.8 – 7.8 15 D 2115 R/L25 A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD dia-

mond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: D 2115 R/L10 A0..Configuration L: MCD

■ D 2115 L10 A070 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date) ■ Groove width l1 [mm]1)

■ Groove depth t [mm]1) For cost reasons, the cutting edge length l1on MCD and natural diamond tools should be configured as short as possible.

Shank tools with diamond tipsFor OD machining | Grooving and cutoff applications


Shank tools with diamond tipsFor OD machining | Grooving and cutoff applications


Product spectrum

Clamping tool holders ➜ Page 1-57Boring bars ➜ Page 1-66

Advantages at a glance ■ Accurate positioning of tips ■ Fast exchange of tips ■ With internal coolant supply on request

Product features ■ Due to the large number of different types, always the right selection of the correct tool holders.

■ Tool holders made from tool steel or carbide.

■ Insert holders are clamped or screwed on. ■ Ground boring bars.

Applications ■ Clamping tool holders and boring bars for ID and OD machining

■ VHM boring bars for deep bores.

■ Boring bars with internal coolant supply for extreme demands and for increased tip tool life.

Application conditions ■ Tool holder should be clamped as short as possible to avoid vibration.

■ Check screw fasteners before use.

■ Select the largest possible cross-section for use. ■ Use VHM boring bars for deep bores.

Tool holders – Clamping tool holders and boring barsProduct overview

1


2

1Clamping tool holders with clamping jaw holders

Type MTENN

h

b

f

l1

l2

60°

Tip height

8° n

eg.

0°

for WSP type

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

TN..16 04..

25 25 150 33 12.5 MTENN 2525 M 16

32 25 170 33 12.5 MTENN 3225 P 16

32 25 170 33 16 MTENN 3232 P 16

Ordering example

■ Clamping tool holder MTENN 2525 M 16

Clamping tool holderWith clamping jaw holder


1Clamping tool holders with toggle clamp holders

Type PCBNR/L

h

b

75°

f

l1

l2Tip height

6° neg.

6° n

eg.

for WSP type

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

CNM. 12 04 ..

20 20 125 29 17 PCBNR/L 2020 K 12

25 25 150 37 22 PCBNR/L 2525 M 12

32 25 170 37 22 PCBNR/L 3225 P 12

Type PCLNR/L

b

f

95°

Tip height

6° neg.

6° n

eg.

h

l1

l2

for WSP type

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

CNM. 12 04 ..

16 16 100 26 20 PCLNR/L 1616 H 12

20 20 125 28 25 PCLNR/L 2020 K 12

25 25 150 33 32 PCLNR/L 2525 M 12

32 25 170 33 32 PCLNR/L 3225 P 12

Type PDJNR/L

h

b

l1

30°

f

l2

93°

Tip height

6° neg.

7°

neg.

for WSP type

Dimensions

Typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

DNM. 15 06 ..

20 20 125 35 25 PDJNR/L 2020 K 15

25 25 150 39 32 PDJNR/L 2525 M 15

32 25 170 33 32 PDJNR/L 3225 P 15

32 32 170 39 40 PDJNR/L 3232 P 15

40 25 200 39 32 PDJNR/L 4025 R 15


Clamping tool holderWith toggle clamp


2

Type PSSNR/L

h

b

l1

l2

45°

Tip height

8° neg.

ff1

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]f1

[mm]

SNM. 09 03 ..

16 16 100 17 20 14 PSSNR/L 1616 H 09

20 20 125 22 25 19 PSSNR/L 2020 K 09

SNM. 12 04 ..

20 20 125 22 25 17 PSSNR/L 2020 K 12

25 25 150 25 32 24 PSSNR/L 2525 M 12

32 25 170 25 32 24 PSSNR/L 3225 P 12

Type PTFNR/L

h

b

f

l1

l2

91°

Tip height

6° neg.

6° n

eg.

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

TNM. 11 03 ..

10 10 70 16 15 PTFNR/L 1010 E 11

12 12 80 23 16 PTFNR/L 1212 F 11

16 16 100 26 20 PTFNR/L 1616 H 11

TNM. 16 04 ..

16 16 100 26 20 PTFNR/L 1616 H 16

20 20 125 28 25 PTFNR/L 2020 K 16

25 25 150 33 32 PTFNR/L 2525 M 16

Type PTGNR/L

h

b

f

l1

l2

91°

Tip height

6° neg.

6° n

eg.

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

TNM. 11 03 ..

10 10 70 16 12 PTGNR/L 1010 E 11

12 12 80 23 16 PTGNR/L 1212 F 11

16 16 100 26 20 PTGNR/L 1616 H 11

TNM. 16 04 ..

16 16 100 26 20 PTGNR/L 1616 H 16

20 20 125 28 25 PTGNR/L 2020 K 16

25 25 150 33 32 PTGNR/L 2525 M 16

32 25 170 33 32 PTGNR/L 3225 P 16

Ordering example

■ Clamping tool holder PSSNR 1616 H 09

Clamping tool holderWith toggle clamp


1Clamping tool holders with screw clamp holders

Type SCLCR/L

h

b

f

l1l2

95°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

CC.. 06 02 .. 10 10 70 17 12 SCLCR/L 1010 E 06

CC.. 09 T3 ..

12 12 80 29 16 SCLCR/L 1212 F 09

16 16 100 29 20 SCLCR/L 1616 H 09

20 20 125 29 25 SCLCR/L 2020 K 09

CC.. 12 04 ..

16 16 100 29 20 SCLCR/L 1616 H 12

20 20 125 29 25 SCLCR/L 2020 K 12

25 25 150 33 32 SCLCR/L 2525 M 12

Type SDJCR/L

h

b

l1

f 30°

93° l2

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

DC.. 07 02 ..

10 10 70 17 12 SDJCR/L 1010 E 07

12 12 80 17 16 SDJCR/L 1212 F 07

16 16 100 17 20 SDJCR/L 1616 H 07

20 20 125 17 25 SDJCR/L 2020 K 07

DC.. 11 T3 ..

12 12 80 29 16 SDJCR/L 1212 F 11

16 16 100 29 20 SDJCR/L 1616 H 11

20 20 125 29 25 SDJCR/L 2020 K 11

25 25 150 33 32 SDJCR/L 2525 M 11

Type SSDCN

h

b

l1

f

45°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]f

[mm]

SCM. 09 T3 ..

12 12 80 6 SSDCN 1212 F 09

16 16 100 8 SSDCN 1616 H 09

20 20 125 10 SSDCN 2020 K 09

SCM. 12 04 ..

16 16 100 8 SSDCN 1616 H 12

20 20 125 10 SSDCN 2020 K 12

25 25 150 12.5 SSDCN 2525 M 12


Clamping tool holderWith screw clamp


Type STFCR/L

h

b

f

l1

l2

91°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

TCM. 09 02 .. 10 10 70 14 12 STFCR/L 1010 E 09

TCM. 11 02 ..12 12 80 16 16 STFCR/L 1212 F 11

16 16 100 16 20 STFCR/L 1616 H 11

TCM. 16 T3 ..

16 16 100 21 20 STFCR/L 1616 H 16

20 20 125 21 32 STFCR/L 2020 K 16

25 25 150 26 32 STFCR/L 2525 M 16

Type STGCR/L

h

b

f

l1

l2

93°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

TCM. 09 02 .. 10 10 70 14 12 STGCR/L 1010 E 09

TCM. 11 02 ..12 12 80 17 16 STGCR/L 1212 F 11

16 16 100 17 20 STGCR/L 1616 H 11

TCM. 16 T3 ..

16 16 125 29 20 STGCR/L 1616 H 16

20 20 150 29 25 STGCR/L 2020 K 16

25 25 150 33 32 STGCR/L 2525 M 16

Type SVJBR/L

h

b

f

l2

l1

93° 50°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

VB.. 11 02 ..

12 12 80 29 16 SVJBR/L 1212 F 11

16 16 100 29 20 SVJBR/L 1616 H 11

20 20 125 29 25 SVJBR/L 2020 K 11

25 25 150 29 32 SVJBR/L 2525 M 11

VB.. 16 04 ..

20 20 125 35 25 SVJBR/L 2020 K 16

25 25 150 35 32 SVJBR/L 2525 M 16

32 25 170 35 32 SVJBR/L 3225 P 16


Clamping tool holder With screw clamp


2

Type SVJCR/L

h

b

f

l2

l1

93° 50°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]

VC.. 11 03 ..

10 10 70 23 12 SVJCR/L 1010 E 11

12 12 80 23 16 SVJCR/L 1212 F 11

16 16 100 23 20 SVJCR/L 1616 H 11

20 20 125 23 25 SVJCR/L 2020 K 11

25 25 150 26 32 SVJCR/L 2525 M 11

VC.. 16 04 ..

12 12 80 29 16 SVJCR/L 1212 F 16

16 16 100 34 20 SVJCR/L 1616 H 16

20 20 125 34 25 SVJCR/L 2020 K 16

25 25 150 35 32 SVJCR/L 2525 M 16

32 25 170 35 32 SVJCR/L 3225 P 16

Type SVVBN

h

b

l1

72.5°

f

70°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]f

[mm]

VB.. 11 02 ..

12 12 80 6 SVVBN 1212 F 11

16 16 100 8 SVVBN 1616 H 11

20 20 125 10 SVVBN 2020 K 11

25 25 150 12.5 SVVBN 2525 M 11

VB.. 16 04 ..

20 20 125 10 SVVBN 2020 K 16

25 25 150 12.5 SVVBN 2525 M 16

32 25 170 12.5 SVVBN 3225 P 16

Type SVVCN

h

b

l1

72.5°

f

70°

Tip height

Dimensions

Typefor WSP typeh

[mm]b

[mm]l1

[mm]f

[mm]

VC.. 11 03 ..

12 12 80 6 SVVCN 1212 F 11

16 16 100 8 SVVCN 1616 H 11

20 20 125 10 SVVCN 2020 K 11

25 25 150 12.5 SVVCN 2525 M 11

VC.. 16 04 ..

20 20 125 10 SVVCN 2020 K 16

25 25 150 12.5 SVVCN 2525 M 16

32 25 170 12.5 SVVCN 3225 P 16

Ordering example

■ Clamping tool holder SVJCR 1010 E 11

Clamping tool holderWith screw clamp

1


2

1Clamping tool holder for ID turning tool 2125

Type 2840

Ød

ØdsØD s

ll1

Dimensions

Type

matchesID turning

toolØd

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]ØD

[mm]□s

[mm]Øds[mm]

2125 R/L 4 4.0 100 20 22 16 18 2840-04

2125 R/L 5 5.0 100 20 22 16 18 2840-05

2125 R/L 6 6.0 100 20 22 16 18 2840-06

2125 R/L 8 8.0 100 20 22 16 18 2840-08

2125 R/L 10 10.0 120 25 26 20 22 2840-10

2125 R/L 12 12.0 130 35 30 22 24 2840-12

2125 R/L 16 16.0 150 40 40 29 32 2840-16

Ordering example

■ Clamping tool holder 2840-06

Clamping tool holder For ID turning tool 2125


12

Clamping tool holder for peeling insert R 9.52

Type 2885

L

W2

Version R

W1

B

H

Dimensions

Typematches

insertH

[mm]B

[mm]L

[mm]W1 W2

2892-R 9.52

16 16 90 30° 15° 2885-16R/L

20 20 90 30° 15° 2885-20R/L

Ordering example

■ Clamping tool holder 2885-16R

Clamping tool holderFor peeling insert R 9.52

1


2

1Clamping tool holder for collector insert

Type 2882W

1 H

L

W2

B

Dimensions

Typematches

insertH

[mm]B

[mm]L

[mm]W1

[mm]W2

[mm]

2896-T11 10 10 100 15° 44° 2882-10R/L

Type 2884

W1 H

L

B

W2

Dimensions

Typematches

insertH

[mm]B

[mm]L

[mm]W1 W2

2894-T06 10 10 100 15° 15° 2884-10R/L

Ordering example

■ Clamping tool holder 2882-10R

Clamping tool holder For collector insert


1Boring bars with toggle clamp holders

Type PCLNR/L with internal coolant supply

f 95°

l1

l2Tip height

k° neg.

6° n

eg.

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

CNM. 12 04 ..

25 250 45 17 -12 32 A25S PCLNR/L 12

32 250 50 22 -10 40 A32S PCLNR/L 12

40 300 60 27 -10 50 A40T PCLNR/L 12

Type PCLNR/L without internal coolant supply

f 95°

l1

l2

Tip height

k° neg.

6° n

eg.

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

CNM. 12 04 ..

25 300 45 17 -12 32 S25T PCLNR/L 12

32 350 50 22 -10 40 S32U PCLNR/L 12

40 400 60 27 -10 50 S40V PCLNR/L 12

Type PDUNR/L with internal coolant supply

f 93°

l1

l2

Tip height

k° neg.

6° n

eg.

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

DN.. 15 06 ..

32 250 60 22 -15 40 A32S PDUNR/L 15

40 300 60 27 -12 50 A40T PDUNR/L 15

50 300 70 35 -8 63 A50T PDUNR/L 15

Type PDUNR/L without internal coolant supply

f 93°

l1

l2

Tip height

k° neg.

6° n

eg.

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

DN.. 15 06 ..

32 350 60 22 -15 40 S32U PDUNR/L 15

40 400 60 27 -12 50 S40V PDUNR/L 15

50 450 70 35 -8 63 S50W PDUNR/L 15


Boring barsWith toggle clamp


2

Type PTFNR/L with internal coolant supply

f 90°

l1

l2

Tip height

k° neg.

6° n

eg.

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

TN.. 11 03 ..

16 150 40 11 -14 20 A16M PTFNR/L 11

20 200 40 13 -12 25 A20R PTFNR/L 11

TN.. 16 04 ..

25 250 45 17 -12 32 A25S PTFNR/L 16

32 250 60 22 -12 40 A32S PTFNR/L 16

Type PTFNR/L without internal coolant supply

f 90°

l1

l2

Tip height

k° neg.

6° n

eg.

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

TN.. 11 03 ..16 200 40 11 -14 20 S16R PTFNR/L 11

20 250 40 13 -12 25 S20S PTFNR/L 11

TN.. 16 04 ..

25 300 45 17 -12 32 S25T PTFNR/L 16

32 350 60 22 -12 40 S32U PTFNR/L 16

40 400 60 27 -8 50 S40V PTFNR/L 16

50 450 70 35 -8 63 S50W PTFNR/L 16

Ordering example

■ Boring bar A32S PDUNR 15

Boring bars With toggle clamp


1-

S boring bars with screw clamps for ID machining

Type SCLCR/L with internal coolant supply

f

95°

l1

l2k° neg.

Tip height

0°

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

CC.. 06 02 .. 12 125 30 9 -10 16 A12K SCLCR/L 06

CC.. 09 T3 ..

16 150 40 11 -10 20 A16M SCLCR/L 09

20 200 40 13 -8 25 A20R SCLCR/L 09

25 250 45 17 -5 32 A25S SCLCR/L 09

CC.. 12 04 .. 25 250 45 17 -5 32 A25S SCLCR/L 12

Type SCLCR/L without internal coolant supply

f

95°

l1

l2

k° neg.

Tip height

0°

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

CC.. 06 02 ..

8 100 50 6 -12 11 S08H SCLCR/L 0610 125 25 7 -10 13 S10K SCLCR/L 0612 150 30 9 -10 16 S12M SCLCR/L 0616 200 40 11 -10 20 S16R SCLCR/L 06

CC.. 09 T3 ..

16 200 40 11 -10 20 S16R SCLCR/L 0920 250 40 13 -8 25 S20S SCLCR/L 0925 300 45 17 -10 32 S25T SCLCR/L 09

CC.. 12 04 ..

25 300 50 17 -5 32 S25T SCLCR/L 1232 350 60 22 -5 40 S32U SCLCR/L 1240 400 60 27 -5 50 S40V SCLCR/L 12

Type SDUCR/L with internal coolant supply

f

93°

l1

l2

k° neg.

Tip height

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

DC.. 07 02 ..

12 125 25 9 -10 16 A12K SDUCR/L 07

16 150 40 11 -10 20 A16M SDUCR/L 07

DC.. 11 T3 ..

20 200 40 13 -8 25 A20R SDUCR/L 11

25 250 45 17 -5 32 A25S SDUCR/L 11

Type SDUCR/L without internal coolant supply

f

93°

l1

l2

k° neg.

Tip height

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

DC.. 07 02 ..

10 125 25 7 -10 13 S10K SDUCR/L 07

12 150 25 9 -10 16 S12M SDUCR/L 07

16 200 40 11 -10 20 S16R SDUCR/L 07

DC.. 11 T3 ..

20 250 40 13 -8 25 S20S SDUCR/L 11

25 300 45 17 -8 32 S25T SDUCR/L 11

32 350 60 22 -5 40 S32U SDUCR/L 11


S boring barsWith screw clamps for ID machining


Type SSKCR/L with internal coolant supplyf

l1l2

k° neg.

Tip height

0°

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

SC.. 09 T3 ..

16 150 35 11 -8 20 A16M SSKCR/L 09

20 200 40 13 -8 25 A20R SSKCR/L 09

SC.. 12 04 .. 25 250 50 17 -5 32 A25S SSKCR/L 12

Type SSKCR/L without internal coolant supplyf

l1l2

k° neg.

Tip height

0°

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

SC.. 09 T3 ..

16 150 40 11 -8 20 S16R SSKCR/L 09

20 200 40 13 -8 25 S20S SSKCR/L 09

SC.. 12 04 .. 25 250 50 17 -5 32 S25T SSKCR/L 12

Type STFCR/L with internal coolant supply

f

91°

l1

l2

k° neg.

Tip height

0°

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

TC.. 11 02 ..

12 125 30 9 -10 16 A12K STFCR/L 11

16 150 35 11 -8 20 A16M STFCR/L 11

TC.. 16 T3 ..

20 200 45 13 -8 25 A20R STFCR/L 16

25 250 50 17 -5 32 A25S STFCR/L 16




2

Type STFCR/L without internal coolant supply

f

91°

l1

l2

k° neg.

Tip height

0°

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]f

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

TC.. 09 02 ..

8 100 25 6 -15 11 S08H STFCR/L 09

10 125 25 7 -12 13 S10K STFCR/L 09

12 150 30 9 -10 16 S12M STFCR/L 09

TC.. 11 02 ..

10 125 28 7 -12 13 S10K STFCR/L 11

12 150 30 9 -10 16 S12M STFCR/L 11

16 200 40 11 -8 20 S16R STFCR/L 11

20 250 40 13 -8 25 S20S STFCR/L 11

TC.. 16 T3 ..

20 250 45 13 -8 25 S20S STFCR/L 16

25 300 50 17 -5 32 S25T STFCR/L 16

32 350 50 22 -5 40 S32U STFCR/L 16

40 400 60 27 -5 50 S40V STFCR/L 16

Ordering example

■ S Boring bar S08H STFCR 09


1


1VHM boring bars with screw clamps for ID machining ■ With internal coolant supply

Type SCLCR/L with internal coolant supply

f

95°

l1

hk° neg.

Tip height

0°

Ød

ØD

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]f

[mm]h

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

CC.. 06 02 ..

8 125 9 7.5 -12 11 E08K SCLCR/L 06

10 150 7 9.5 -10 13 E10M SCLCR/L 06

12 180 9 11.5 -10 16 E12Q SCLCR/L 06

CC.. 09 T3 ..

16 200 11 15.5 -10 20 E16R SCLCR/L 09

20 250 13 19.5 -8 25 E20S SCLCR/L 09

25 300 17 24 -5 32 E25T SCLCR/L 09

Type SDQCR/L with internal coolant supply

f

107.5°

l1

hk° neg.

Tip height

0°

ØD

Ød

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]f

[mm]h

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

DC.. 07 02 ..

10 150 7 9.5 -10 13 E10M SDQCR/L 07

12 180 9 11.5 -10 16 E12Q SDQCR/L 07

16 200 11 15.5 -10 20 E16R SDQCR/L 07

DC.. 11 T3 ..20 250 13 19.5 -8 25 E20S SDQCR/L 11

25 300 17 24 -5 32 E25T SDQCR/L 11

Type SDUCR/L with internal coolant supply

Ød

ØD

f

l1

h

93°

k° neg.

Tip height

0°

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]f

[mm]h

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

DC.. 07 02 ..

10 150 7 9.5 -10 13 E10M SDUCR/L 07

12 180 9 11.5 -10 16 E12Q SDUCR/L 07

16 200 11 15.5 -10 20 E16R SDUCR/L 07

DC.. 11 T3 ..20 250 13 19.5 -8 25 E20S SDUCR/L 11

25 300 17 24 -5 32 E25T SDUCR/L 11


VHM boring bars With screw clamps for ID machining


2

Type STFCR/L with internal coolant supply

Ød

ØD

f

l1

h

91°

k° neg.

Tip height

0°

for WSP type

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l1

[mm]f

[mm]h

[mm]k° ØD

[mm]

TC.. 09 02 ..10 150 7 9.5 -12 13 E10M STFCR/L 09

12 180 9 11.5 -10 16 E12Q STFCR/L 09

TC.. 11 02 .. 16 200 11 15.5 -8 20 E16R STFCR/L 11

TC.. 16 T3 ..20 250 13 19.5 -8 25 E20S STFCR/L 16

25 300 17 24 -5 32 E25T STFCR/L 16

Ordering example

■ VHM Boring bar E10M STFCR 09

VHM boring barsWith screw clamps for ID machining

1


2

1Boring bars

For boring bar insert 2870 type A and B

Boring bars for boring bar insert 2870 type A and B

Type 2855

Ød

l

M

45°

ØD

hh1

Dimensions

Type

matchesboring bar

insertsØD

[mm]h

[mm]l

[mm]h1

[mm]M

[mm]Ød

[mm]

2870-8 A+B 20 18 200 2 5 8 2855-20

2870-10 A+B 25 22 250 3 6 10 2855-25

2870-12 A+B 32 28 300 4 8 12 2855-32

2870-14 A+B 40 36 350 5 8 14 2855-40

2870-16 A+B 50 45 400 6 8 16 2855-50

Ordering example

■ Boring bar 2855-20


Product overview

Diamond burnishing tool ➜ Page 1-75Advantages at a glance

■ Replaces grinding and polishing

■ Creates a very smooth surface finish

■ Exchangeable diamond insert

■ Easy to handle

General information about diamond burnishing toolsDiamond burnishing tools are equipped with a special diamond used to polish surfaces on most metallic materials following a turning operation. Surface finishes of Ra < 0.4 µm can be achieved.Even cast iron and soft metals (bronze, copper, etc.) can be polished.

Preparing the workpieceBefore using the diamond burnishing tool, the surface to be polished should have an Ra value of 1.6 µm.

The actual turned dimension should be at the upper limit of the tolerance range.

Operating instructionsThe operating instructions are included with the tool

Operating parametersCircumferential speed: V = 90 m/minFeed rate: s = 0.1 mm/R

CoolantThe use of coolant is recommended.There are no special requirements. Water or oil.

Special-purpose toolsDiamond burnishing tools

1


1

2

Diamond burnishing tool and holder

Diamond burnishing toolsType

Ø7

Ø12

22.5

R 6

19.5

59.5

Dimensions in mm

Diamond burnishing tool 2886

HolderType

137

25Dimensions in mm

Diamond burnishing holder 2887

Ordering example

■ Diamond burnishing tool 2886 ■ Diamond burnishing holder 2887

Special-purpose toolsDiamond burnishing tools


Product overview

DIAPACT(PCD) Collector peeling turning tool ➜ Page 1-77DIAPACT(PCD) Collector peeling inserts ➜ Page 1-77DIAPACT(PCD) Collector turning tool ➜ Page 1-78

Advantages at a glance ■ Superior surface finishes ■ Controlled surface rough-ness

■ Positive chip control ■ Low burrs

ApplicationsFinish turning commutators made from copper vanes

Application conditions ■ Never measure tools mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Tools must be securely clamped. ■ Accurate adjustment of center heights.

■ The following application parameters significantly depend on the required surface roughness:

■ Cutting speed: 250 m/min – 400 m/min ■ Feed rate: 0.02 mm/R – 0.06 mm/R ■ Depth of cut: 0.10 mm – 0.30 mm

Special-purpose toolsDIAPACT(PCD) peeling turning tools, peeling inserts, and turning tools for collectors

1


1

2

DIAPACT(PCD) Collector peeling turning tool and peeling inserts ■ For surfaces with small to minimum surface roughness (approximate surface roughness 4µ to less than 1µ) and minimum burrs

DIAPACT Collector peeling turning tool

BW2

L

W1

H

Dimensions

TypeH

[mm]B

[mm]L

[mm] W1 W2

20 14.4 100 35° 20° 2890-20 R/L

DIAPACT(PCD) Collector peeling insert, matches holder 2880 .. R/LØD

W1

Dimensions

Typematches holderØD

[mm]W1

2885 .. R/L 9.52 25° 2892-R9.52

DIAPACT(PCD) Collector peeling inserts, matches holder 288x-10 R/LDimensions

Typematches holderL

[mm]ØIK

[mm]r

[mm]

r

1

2 3

23°

1.5

L

ØIK

2884-10 R/L 6.8 3.95 0.25 2894-T06

1 2

3

24°

L

ØIK 2882-10 R/L 11 6.55 0.25 2896-T11

Ordering example

■ DIAPACT(PCD) Collector peeling insert, Type 2892-R9.52

Special-purpose toolsDIAPACT(PCD) collector peeling turning tools and peeling inserts


1

2

DIAPACT(PCD) Collector turning tool ■ For controlled surface roughness (depending on feed rate) and positive chip control to avoid burrs and finish damage

DIAPACT collector turning toolsDimensions

TypeH

[mm]B

[mm]L

[mm]W1 W2 r

[mm]L

HW1

B

r

W2

2900 L10 12 65 15° 8° 0.2 2900 R/L

L

HW1

B

r

W2

2900 R

W1

H

L

B

W2

r

10 10 100 15° 35° 0.3 2902 R/L

Ordering example

■ DIAPACT(PCD) Collector turning tool, Type 2900 R

Special-purpose toolsDIAPACT(PCD) collector turning tools


Special-purpose toolsDIAPACT(PCD) collector turning tools


Product overview

Natural diamond and MCD tools ➜ Page 1-81Advantages at a glance

■ Maximum tool life ■ Superior surface finishes (surface roughness values of 0.01 µm achievable)

Product features ■ Superior diamond grades ■ Diamonds are embedded and clamped, or vacuum-brazed

ApplicationsGenerally for high-sheen machining and superior surface finishes on materials such as gold, platinum, plexiglas, aluminum. Tool life of several months is

possible in continuous use on materials with low abrasion characteristics.

Recommended machining parameters

Cutting speed: v = up to 1500 m/min. and above

Maximum depth of cut: a = cutting edge length minus 0.5 mm

Feed rate: s = between 0.01 – 0.4 mm, depending on desired finish

Application conditions

MachineGood bearings and guides, and vibration-free operation of the machinery are conditions for a clean and superior surface finish, for accurate geometric shapes, and for a long tool life of the diamond tip.CoolingSupply coolant whenever possible on metallic materials. The cutting speed needs to be reduced without coolant. Fog cooling is particularly advantageous.HandlingDiamond is very hard but also very brittle. It is therefore important to avoid any shock or impact. Diamond tools should only be stored in the supplied packaging, and should not be brought into contact with other tools.

Natural diamond and MCD toolsProduct overview

1


1Natural diamond and MCD tools

No. 2311Type

l

No. 2311

No. 2312 LType

l

No. 2312 L

No. 2312 RType

l

No. 2312 R

No. 2313 LType

la

No. 2313 L

No. 2313 RType

la

No. 2313 R


Natural diamond and MCD toolsTool overview



No. 2321Type

a

l1 l2

No. 2321

No. 2322 LType

l2

90°

l1

No. 2322 L

No. 2322 RType

l2

90°

l1

No. 2322 R

No. 2323 LType

a

l1

l2

No. 2323 L

No. 2323 RType

a

l2

l1

No. 2323 R



1



No. 2324 LType

a

l2

l1

No. 2324 L

No. 2324 RType

a

l1

l2

No. 2324 R

No. 2325 LType

a

l2

l1

No. 2325 L

No. 2325 RType

a

l1 l2

No. 2325 R

No. 2326 LType

a

l1

l2No. 2326 L





No. 2326 RType

a

l1

l2No. 2326 R

No. 2331Type

l2 l3

l1

No. 2331

No. 2332Type

l1

l2

l3

a

b No. 2332

No. 2333Type

l2

l3

l1

b

a No. 2333

No. 2334 LType

a

l2

l1

No. 2334 L



1



No. 2334 RType

a

l3

l2l1

No. 2334 R

ConcaveType

R

Concave

ConvexType

R

Convex

SatinedType

P

a

Satined





Transport (Santra)Type

l1

Transport (Santra)



MCD Natural diamondOrder code A070 A080

Availability ❍ ❍

❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example for:Type: 2331Configuration: A070

■ No. 2331 A070 ■ l1=2 ■ l2 +l3 =3 ■ Shank 10x10x100 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

Other configurations on request





Product spectrum

Advantages at a glance ■ Accurate positioning of tips ■ Fast exchange of tips ■ System can be used with PCD and CVD diamond or CBN grooving inserts

■ Various groove widths can be used on the same holder.

Product features ■ BORAPACT(CBN) or diamond blanks, brazed or vacuum-brazed onto carbide shanks



Applications ■ Radial or axial sinking and copying ■ Cutoff operations

Application conditions ■ Tool holders should be clamped as short as possible to avoid vibration.

■ Check screw fasterners before use

Clamping toolholder for cutoff, sinking, and copy turning applicationsProduct overview

1Cur

rent

ly no

t ava

ilable


2

1Clamping toolholder R/L for OD cut-off and sinking operations ■ For OD machining

GLCCR/L for grooving inserts LCMX 03050..FN/R/L A/B0..

Dmax.

L

h h1

l1

b

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

t[mm]

20 20 130 1.0-2.7 max. 4.9 GLCCR 2020 K 2.6520 20 130 1.0-2.7 max. 4.9 GLCCL 2020 K 2.6525 20 150 1.0-2.7 max. 4.9 GLCCR 2525 M 2.6525 20 150 1.0-2.7 max. 4.9 GLCCL 2525 M 2.65

GLCCR/L for grooving inserts LCMX 04050..FN/R/L A/B0..

Dmax.

L

h h1

l1

b

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

t[mm]

20 20 130

2.71-5.0 max. 4.9

GLCCR 2020 K 4.1520 20 130 GLCCL 2020 K 4.1525 25 150 GLCCR 2525 K 4.1525 25 150 GLCCL 2525 K 4.15

Clamping toolholder L for face sinking

GLXCL for grooving inserts LCMX 03050 FN/R/L A/B0..

l1

h1 h

l2

l1

b

Dmin.Dmax.

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l2[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmin.[mm]

Dmax.[mm]

25 25 150 20 3.0-3.99

50 65 GLXCL 2525-50 M 2.65

60 85 GLXCL 2525-60 M 2.65

80 110 GLXCL 2525-80 M 2.65

100 160 GLXCL 2525-100 M 2.65

150 250 GLXCL 2525-150 M 2.65

GLXCL for grooving inserts LCMX 04050 FN/R/L A/B0..

l1

h1 h

l2

l1

b

Dmin.Dmax.

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l2[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmin.[mm]

Dmax.[mm]

25 25 150 25 4.0-5.0

60 100 GLXCL 2525-60 M 4.15

100 200 GLXCL 2525-100 M 4.15

200 700 GLXCL 2525-200 M 4.15


■ Clamping toolholder GLCCR 2020 K 4.15

Clamping tool holderCutoff, grooving, and copying/sinking operations

Curre

ntly

not a

vaila

ble


1

2

Clamping toolholder R/L for copy turning ■ For OD machining

GLDC R/L for grooving inserts LCMX 0305MO F A/B0..

h

Dmax.

20

L

b

l1

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmax.

20 20 130

3.0-3.99 30

GLDCR 2020 K 0320 20 130 GLDCL 2020 K 0325 25 150 GLDCR 2525 M 0325 25 150 GLDCL 2525 M 03


h

Dmax.

20

L

b

l1

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmax.

20 20 130

4.0-4.99 40

GLDCR 2020 K 0420 20 130 GLDCL 2020 K 0425 25 150 GLDCR 2525 M 0425 25 150 GLDCL 2525 M 04


h

Dmax.

20

L

b

l1

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmax.

25 25 150

5.0-6.0 50

GLDCR 2525 M 05

25 25 150 GLDCL 2525 M 05



Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tipsFor ID machining | Blind hole boring applications

1Cur

rent

ly no

t ava

ilable


1

2

Shank tools with BORAPACT (CBN) tipsFor OD machining | Longitudinal turning applications

Clamping toolholder / center for copy turning ■ For OD machining

GLDCN for grooving inserts LCMX 0305MO F A/B0..

hl1Dmax

.

b

L

l1

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmax.

20 16 1303.0-3.99 30

GLDCN 2016 K03

25 20 150 GLDCN 2520 M03


hl1

Dmax.

bL

l1

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmax.

20 16 1303.0-3.99 30

GLDCN 2016 K04

25 20 150 GLDCN 2520 M04


hl1

Dmax.

b

L

l1

Dimensions

Typeh=h1[mm]

b[mm]

L[mm]

l1[mm]

Dmax.

25 20 150 5.0-6.0 50 GLDCN 2520 M05



Curre

ntly

not a

vaila

ble



Product spectrum

Advantages at a glance ■ Accurate positioning of tips ■ Fast exchange of tips ■ System can be used with PCD and CVD diamond or CBN sinking inserts

■ Various groove widths can be used on the same holder.

Product features ■ BORAPACT(CBN) or diamond blanks, brazed or vacuum-brazed onto carbide shanks



Applications ■ Radial or axial sinking and copying ■ Cutoff operations ■ Freely selectable groove width

Application conditions ■ Tool holders should be clamped as short as possible to avoid vibration.

■ Check screw fasterners before use

BORAPACT (CBN) and DIAPACT (PCD) cutoff, grooving, and copy sinking insertsProduct overview

Curre

ntly

not a

vaila

ble


2

1BORAPACT (CBN) cutoff, grooving, and copy sinking inserts ■ For cutoff and grooving applications

LCMX N/R/LDimensions

Typel1

[mm]t max[mm]

h[mm]

l[mm]

b[mm]

1.0-2.7

4.9 5 13.5

2.7 LCMX 030502 FN B0..2.71-5.0 3.7 LCMX 040502 FN B0..1.0-2.7 2.7 LCMX 030502 FR B0..

2.71-5.0 3.7 LCMX 040502 FR B0..1.0-2.7 2.7 LCMX 030502 FL B0..

2.71-5.0 3.7 LCMX 040502 FL B0..For cutoff and grooving applications

■ For copy sinking operationsLCMX ......MOEN

l

bD

Dimensions

TypeØD

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]3.0 - 3.99 2.2 12.2 LCMX 0305MOEN F B0..4.0 - 4.99 3.0 12.6 LCMX 0405MOEN F B0..5.0 - 6.0 4.0 13.1 LCMX 0505MOEN F B0..

DIAPACT (PCD) cutoff, grooving, and copy sinking inserts ■ For cutoff and grooving applications

LCMX N/R/LDimensions

Typel1

[mm]t max[mm]

h[mm]

l[mm]

b[mm]

1.0-2.7

4.9 5 13.5

2.7 LCMX 030502 FN A0..2.71-5.0 3.7 LCMX 040502 FN A0..1.0-2.7 2.7 LCMX 030502 FR A0..

2.71-5.0 3.7 LCMX 040502 FR A0..1.0-2.7 2.7 LCMX 030502 FL A0..

2.71-5.0 3.7 LCMX 040502 FL A0..For cutoff and grooving applications

■ For copy sinking operationsLCMX ......MOEN

l

bD

Dimensions

TypeØD

[mm]b

[mm]l

[mm]3.0 - 3.99 2.2 12.2 LCMX 0305MOEN F A0..4.0 - 4.99 3.0 12.6 LCMX 0405MOEN F A0..5.0 - 6.0 4.0 13.1 LCMX 0505MOEN F A0..


Available configurationsBORAPACT

(CBN) DIAPACT(PCD) CVD diamondOrder code B010 B020 A030 A040 A041 A060Availability ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

More information ➜ Page 1-5 ➜ Page 1-6 ➜ Page 1-7

✓ In stock ❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example for:Type: LCMX 030502 FN l1=2.0Configuration: B020

■ LCMX 030502 FN B020 ■ l1=2.0 dd.mm.yy (requested date)

BORAPACT (CBN) and DIAPACT (PCD) cutoff, grooving, and copy sinking insertsFor OD applications

l

hl1 b

l1 b

5

l1 b

5

(L)

(R)

(N)

l

hl1 b

l1 b

5

l1 b

5

(L)

(R)

(N)Cur

rent

ly no

t ava

ilable


Introduction ■ ISO code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

■ Product selection by application / tip geometry / machining values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

ISO milling inserts with diamond tips ■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 ■ Tip version - multi-use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

End mills and radius mills with diamond tips ■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 ■ End mills with steel and carbide shank . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 ■ Radius mill with carbide shank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Ball mill with DIAPACT (PCD) tips ■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 ■ Ball mill with DIAPACT (PCD) tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Multi-tooth mill with DIAPACT (PCD) tips ■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 ■ Multi-tooth mill with carbide shank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

End mills and radius mills with laser-cut diamond tips

■ DIAPACT(PCD) end mills and radius mills . . . . . . . . 2-29 ■ CVD DIAMOND end mills and radius mills . . . . . . . . 2-30

Drill with CVD DIAMOND laser-cut tips ■ CVD DIAMOND drill with internal cooling bore . . . . 2-32

High-sheen mills ■ Face mill and diamond tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Arbor-mounted mill with DIAPACT (PCD) tips ■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 ■ Arbor-mounted mill with DIAPACT (PCD) tips . . . . . 2-19

Side milling cutter with DIAPACT (PCD) tips ■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 ■ Side milling cutter with DIAPACT (PCD) tips . . . . . . 2-21

Graver with diamond tips ■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 ■ Graver with diamond tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

End mills BORAPACT(CBN), face mill inserts and face mill

■ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 ■ End mills with BORAPACT(CBN) tips . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 ■ Face mill inserts with BORAPACT(CBN) tips . . . . . . 2-24 ■ Face mill inserts with diamond tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 ■ Face mill for face mill insert 2873 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

2MillingChapter overview


Indexable inserts ISO code

H Hexagonal

O Octagonal

P Pentagonal

S Square

T Triangular

C Rhombus 80°

D Rhombus 55°

E Rhombus 75°

F Rhombus 50°

G Rhombus 45°

M Rhombus 86°

V Rhombus 35°

W Hexagonal

L Rectangular

A Rhomboid 85°

B Rhomboid 82°

K Rhomboid 55°

R Round

Shape

Standard relief angle

A 3°

B 5°

C 7°

D 15°

E 20°

F25°

G30°

N 0°

P 11°

Omorerelief angles

Relief angle

Tolerance with-out radius m

[mm]

ID tolerance Ød

[mm]

Thickness tolerance s

[mm]

øDm

m

ød s

A ±0.005 ±0.025 ±0.025

F ±0.005 ±0.013 ±0.025

C ±0.013 ±0.025 ±0.025

H ±0.013 ±0.013 ±0.025

E ±0.025 ±0.025 ±0.025

G ±0.025 ±0.025 ±0.13

J ±0.005 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

K1) ±0.013 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

L1) ±0.025 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

M1) ±0.08~±0.18 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.13

N1) ±0.08~±0.18 ±0.05~±0.13 ±0.025

U1) ±0.13~±0.38 ±0.08~±0.25 ±0.13

Tolerance

Hole Hole configurationChip

breaker Insert type

W with hole

Cylindrical hole +


without

T with hole single-sided

Q with hole Cylindrical hole +


without

U with hole both sides

B with hole Cylindrical hole +


without

H with hole single-sided

C with hole Cylindrical hole +


without

J with hole both sides

A with hole Cylindrical hole without

M with hole Cylindrical hole single-sided

G with hole Cylindrical hole both sides

N without hole – without

R without hole – single-

sided

F without hole – both

sides

X – – – custom design

Attachment and/or chip breaker

Nose radius[mm]

00 no radius

002 0.02

005 0.05

010 0.10

015 0.15

020 0.20

040 0.40

050 0.50

080 0.80

100 1.00

120 1.20

Nose radius

Turning C N M G 12 04 08 T B010

Milling S E K N 12 03 AF T B010


ID [mm]

R W V G D C S T

3.97 02 03 03 06

6.00 06

6.35 04 11 07 06 06 11

7.94 05 09 08 07 13

8.00 08

9.525 09 06 16 11 09 09 16

10.00 10

12.00 12

12.70 12 08 19 15 12 12 22

15.875 10 19 16 15 27

16.00 16

19.05 19 13 23 19 19 33

20.00 20

22.225 27 22 22 38

25.00 25

25.40 25 31 25 25 44

31.75 31 38 32 31 55

32.00 32

Thickness

MetricThickness

[mm]

01 1.59

02 2.38

T2 2.78

03 3.18

T3 3.97

04 4.76

06 6.35

07 7.94

09 9.52

Work angle

A 45°

E 75°

P 90°

Standard relief angle for the finish turning

wiper flat

D 15°

E 20°

F 25°

N 0°

P 11°

Insert edge configuration

F sharp-edged

E rounded

T beveled

Sbeveled

androunded

Manufacturer specs

Manufacturer- specific

specifications with figures and/

or letters

Tools from WEISS AG

Code Type

A010

AXXX Diam

ond t

ools

B010

BXXX

CBN

tools

1) The same generally applies to sintered indexable inserts partially dependent on size

?

ISO codeIndexable inserts


MillingSelection by application | Insert geometry | Cutting parameters

Mill

ing

Product selection by applicationApplication Code Type overview Characteristics

Roughing and finishing of hardened steel from 45 HRc to 70 HRc BORAPACT (CBN)

B010 | B020 | B040 B050 | B060 | B070 B075 | B080

Highly abrasion-resistant, outstand-ing impact resistance, outstanding cutting edge quality and strength. Superior surface finishes, maximum heat resistance

Roughing and finishing of all non-ferrous metals, plastics depend-ing on grade with higher or lower abrasive fillers, carbides, ceramics, platinum, gold

DIAPACT (PCD) A010 | A020 A030 | A040

With carbide substrate, high abra-sion resistance, good to very good tip quality

Roughing and finishing of abrasive nonferrous metals, plastics with abrasive fillers, graphite, carbide, green ceramics

CVD diamond A060

Without carbide substrate and without metallic binder phase, 99.9% diamond content, defect-free cutting edges, maximum wear resistance, superior thermal conductivity

Roughing of nonferrous metals, plastics without abrasive fillers, pre-cious metals, acrylics, generally for high-sheen machining and precision surface finishes

MCD A070

Synthetic, monocrystalline diamond inserts, synthetic monocrystalline diamond, maximum hardness, maximum tip sharpness, predefined cutting force direction, low fracture toughness

Natural diamond A080Natural diamond, maximum hard-ness, maximum tip sharpness, low fracture toughness

Tip geometry selection

Milling tools normally have several tips. Interrupted cuts specifically oc-cur in milling operations since each tips is only temporarily engaged.

■ Relief angle a Reduced friction

■ Wedge angle b The softer the machined material, the smaller the selected rake angle. This re-duces burrs, but also the tool life of the tip.

■ Rake angle g The softer the machined material, the larger the selected rake angle. However, hard or brittle materials require no or even negative rake angles

α0

β

γ 0

0

Cutting parameters

Cutting speeds and feed rates overlap and result in a continuous machining process.

Dc Cutting diameter [mm]Vc Cutting speedn speedVf Feed ratefn Feed rate per revolutionfn Feed rate per toothzn Number of cutting tips on the

tool

■ Cutting speed [m/min]

Vc = Dc x π x n1000

■ Speed [U/min]

n = Vc x 1000Dc x π

■ Feed rate [mm/min]Vf = fz x n x zn

■ Feed rate per revolution [mm/R]

fn = Vfn

■ Feed rate per tooth [mm]

fz = Vfn x zn

fz

Vf

ØDc

n


1Product spectrum

ISO milling inserts with diamond tips ➜ Page 2-5 Advantages at a glance ■ Tightest dimensional toler-ances and superior surface finishes


Product features ■ Diamond blanks brazed or vacuum-brazed to standard commercial indexable carbide inserts.

■ Depending on the tip material, the diamonds contain soft binders (PCD) or none (CVD diamond, MCD, natural diamond).




PCD tools CVD diamond tools MCD tools Natural diamond toolsAl-Si alloys up to 20 % Si Al-Si alloys from 13 % Si Aluminum alloys up to 6 % Si Aluminum alloys up to 6 % Si





Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk). ■ Have tools reground before tip chipping. ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts.



ISO milling inserts with diamond tipsProduct overview


1ISO milling inserts with diamond tips ■ Tip configuration High yield range (except type SPGW in single-use and high yield range)

Type CCMW

80°

l

rl1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.7 6.45 2.38 0.2 CCMW 06 02 02 F A0..3.6 6.45 2.38 0.4 CCMW 06 02 04 F A0..4.7 6.45 3.97 0.2 CCMW 09 T3 02 F A0..4.6 6.45 3.97 0.4 CCMW 09 T3 04 F A0..4.5 6.45 3.97 0.8 CCMW 09 T3 08 F A0..4.6 12.9 4.76 0.4 CCMW 12 04 04 F A0..4.5 12.9 4.76 0.8 CCMW 12 04 08 F A0..

Type CPGWDimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

80°

l

rl1 s

α

11°

2.7 5.6 2.38 0.2 CPGW 05 02 02 F A0..2.6 5.6 2.38 0.4 CPGW 05 02 04 F A0..3.6 6.45 2.38 0.2 CPGW 06 02 02 F A0..3.5 6.45 2.38 0.4 CPGW 06 02 04 F A0..3.5 12.9 4.76 0.4 CPGW 12 04 04 F A0..5.8 12.9 4.76 0.4 CPGW 12 04 04 F A0..3.4 12.9 4.76 0.8 CPGW 12 04 08 F A0..5.7 12.9 4.76 0.8 CPGW 12 04 08 F A0..

80°

0.28

1.4

l1

l

s

α 11° 4.7 12.9 4.76 – CPGW 12 04 EDR F A0..

Type DCMW

r

55°

l

l1 s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.2 7.75 2.38 0.2 DCMW 07 02 02 F A0..3.0 7.75 2.38 0.4 DCMW 07 02 04 F A0..4.2 11.6 3.97 0.2 DCMW 11 T3 02 F A0..4.0 11.6 3.97 0.4 DCMW 11 T3 04 F A0..3.7 11.6 3.97 0.8 DCMW 11 T3 08 F A0..

Type SCMW

l

l1r

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.6 9.52 3.97 0.2 SCMW 09 T3 02 F A0..3.6 9.52 3.97 0.4 SCMW 09 T3 04 F A0..3.6 9.52 3.97 0.8 SCMW 09 T3 08 F A0..4.6 12.7 4.76 0.2 SCMW 12 04 02 F A0..4.6 12.7 4.76 0.4 SCMW 12 04 04 F A0..4.6 12.7 4.76 0.8 SCMW 12 04 08 F A0..


ISO milling insertsWith diamond tips


2

Type SPGW

90°

1

15°

45°

1.4

1l

ls

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]

11°

3.5 12.7 4.76 SPGW 12 04 EDR F-E A0..1)

5.5 12.7 4.76 SPGW 12 04 EDR F A0..

1) Tip configuration - single use

Type TCMW

rl1

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

7°

3.4 9.63 2.38 0.2 TCMW 09 02 02 F A0..3.2 9.63 2.38 0.4 TCMW 09 02 04 F A0..3.0 9.63 2.38 0.8 TCMW 09 02 08 F A0..3.4 11.0 2.38 0.2 TCMW 11 02 02 F A0..3.2 11.0 2.38 0.4 TCMW 11 02 04 F A0..3.0 11.0 2.38 0.8 TCMW 11 02 08 F A0..4.4 16.5 3.97 0.2 TCMW 16 T3 02 F A0..4.2 16.5 3.97 0.4 TCMW 16 T3 04 F A0..4.0 16.5 3.97 0.8 TCMW 16 T3 08 F A0..

Type TPMW

rl1

l

s

α

Dimensions

Typeαl1

[mm]l

[mm]s

[mm]r

[mm]

11°

3.4 11.0 2.38 0.2 TPMW 11 02 02 F A0..

3.2 11.0 2.38 0.4 TPMW 11 02 04 F A0..

3.0 11.0 2.38 0.8 TPMW 11 02 08 F A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: CPGW 12 04 04 F A0..Configuration: DIAPACT A040

■ CPGW 12 04 04 F A040 ■ l1 = 5.8 mm1)






Product spectrum

End mills with diamond tips ➜ Page 2-9Radius mills with diamond tips ➜ Page 2-10

Advantages at a glance ■ Tightest dimensional tolerances and superior surface finishes


Product features ■ Diamond inserts brazed to carbide blanks ■ Depending on the tip material, the diamonds contain soft binders (PCD) or none (CVD diamond, MCD, natural diamond).




PCD mills CVD diamond mills MCD mills Natural diamond millsAl-Si alloys up to 20 % Si Al-Si alloys from 13 % Si Aluminum alloys up to 6 % Si Aluminum alloys up to 6 % Si





Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk). ■ Have tools reground before tip chipping. ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts.



End mills and radius mills with diamond tipsProduct overview

1


2

1End mills with diamond tips (right-hand rotation)

Type 2871 with steel shankr

5°

5°

l1

l2

lØ

dØD

+0.5

Dimensions

TypeNumber of tips and

configurationØD+0.5[mm]

Ød[mm]

l[mm]

l1[mm]

l2[mm]

r[mm]

single tip,no center cutting

6 6 60 4.5 – 0.4 2871-6 A0..8 6 60 4.5 10 0.4 2871-8 A0..

10 8 60 4.5 10 0.4 2871-10 A0..12 10 80 8 15 0.8 2871-12 A0..14 10 80 8 15 0.8 2871-14 A0..16 12 80 8 15 0.8 2871-16 A0..18 14 100 8 20 0.8 2871-18 A0..20 16 100 8 20 0.8 2871-20 A0..25 20 100 8 20 0.8 2871-25 A0..

Type 2875 with carbide shank

ØD

l1

Ød

l2

l

Dimensions


configurationØD+0.02

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]

single tip,center cutting

0.8 6 50 2.5 2.5 2875-0.8 A0451 6 50 3 3 2875-1 A045

1.5 6 50 3.5 3.5 2875-1.5 A0452 6 50 4.5 4.5 2875-2 A045

2.5 6 50 5.5 5.5 2875-2.5 A0453 6 50 6.5 6.5 2875-3 A045

3.5 6 50 7 7.5 2875-3.5 A0454 6 50 4 14 2875-4 A0..5 6 50 5 14 2875-5 A0..6 6 50 6 14 2875-6 A0..8 8 50 8 14 2875-8 A0..

10 10 60 10 20 2875-10 A0..12 12 65 12 20 2875-12 A0..


l1

ØD

1

Ød

ll2

Dimensions



[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]

dual tip,no center cutting

6 6 60 6 15 2876-6 A0..8 8 65 8 20 2876-8 A0..

10 10 70 10 25 2876-10 A0..12 12 70 12 25 2876-12 A0..14 16 80 14 32 2876-14 A0..16 16 80 16 32 2876-16 A0..20 20 90 20 40 2876-20 A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural



Ordering example for:Type: 2876-12 A0..Configuration: MCD

■ 2876-12 A070 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


End mills with diamond tipsWith steel and carbide shank | single and dual tip


1

2

Type 2877 with carbide shankØ

D

l1

l2l

Ød

Dimensions



[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]

dual tip,center cutting

6 6 60 6 15 2877-6 A0..8 8 65 8 20 2877-8 A0..

10 12 70 10 25 2877-10 A0..12 12 70 12 25 2877-12 A0..14 16 80 14 32 2877-14 A0..16 16 80 16 32 2877-16 A0..20 20 90 20 40 2877-20 A0..


R

l1

l2l

ØdØD

Dimensions


configuration

ØD+0.02 / R

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]0.8 / 0.4 6 50 2.5 2.5 2878-0.8 A0451 / 0.5 6 50 3 3 2878-1 A045

1.5 / 0.75 6 50 3.5 3.5 2878-1.5 A0452 / 1 6 50 4 4.5 2878-2 A045

2.5 / 1.25 6 50 5 5.5 2878-2.5 A045single tip,

center cutting3 / 1.5 6 50 6 6.5 2878-3 A045

3.5 / 1.75 6 50 7 7.5 2878-3.5 A0454 / 2 6 50 4 10 2878-4 A0..6 / 3 6 50 6 14 2878-6 A0..8 / 4 8 50 8 14 2878-8 A0..

10 / 5 10 60 10 20 2878-10 A0..12 / 6 12 65 12 20 2878-12 A0..16 / 8 16 80 16 32 2878-16 A0..


Ød

Rl1

l2l

ØD

Dimensions


configuration

ØD+0.02 / R

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]


6 / 3 6 50 6 14 2879-6 A0..8 / 4 8 50 8 14 2879-8 A0..

10 / 5 10 60 10 20 2879-10 A0..12 / 6 12 65 12 20 2879-12 A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural




■ 2876-12 A070 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


End mills and radius mills with diamond tipsWith carbide shank | single and dual tip


Product spectrum

Ball nose end mills, dual tip, with DIAPACT (PCD) tips ➜ Page 2-12 Advantages at a glance ■ Long tool life ■ High cutting speeds ■ Undercut possible

Product features ■ DIAPACT(PCD) configuration brazed to carbide blank ■ Use of special PCD grades ■ Wire eroded tips

Applications2880 ball nose end mills with DIAPACT(PCD) tips are primarily used for graphite, sintered and green ceramics, and aluminum and achieve superior results with regard to tool life, cutting speeds, and feed rates.

Primary applicationCutting speed

V (m / min.)Feed rate

(mm / tooth)Depth of cut

(mm)Graphite 200 – 1000 0.05 – 0.25 0.02 – 0.30

Ceramics, sintered 50 – 150 0.05 – 0.15 0.02 – 0.15Ceramics, unsintered 100 – 500 0.05 – 0.25 0.02 – 0.30

Aluminum 200 – 1000 0.05 – 0.25 0.02 – 0.50

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk). ■ High-rate cooling with mild drilling emulsion dramatically improves cutting performance.


Ball nose end mills with diamond tipsProduct overview


2

1Ball nose end mills with diamond tipsWith carbide shank | single and dual tip

WEISS ball nose end mills with DIAPACT (PCD) tips (right-hand rotation)With carbide shank

Type 2880

d

l

l2R

D

Dimensions


configuration

ØD+0.02 / R

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l2

[mm]


2 / 1 6 58 6 2880-2 A0582.5 / 1.25 6 58 6 2880-2.5 A058

3 / 1.5 6 65 15 2880-3 A0583.5 / 1.75 6 65 15 2880-3.5 A058

4 / 2 6 70 20 2880-4 A0585 / 2.5 6 80 25 2880-5 A0586 / 3 8 85 30 2880-6 A0588 / 4 8 90 35 2880-8 A058

Type 2881

d

R

l

l2

D

Dimensions


configuration

ØD+0.02 / R

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l2

[mm]

dual tip,center cutting,

undercut

2 / 1 6 94 11.5 2881-2 A0582.5 / 1.25 6 94 11.5 2881-2.5 A058

3 / 1.5 6 94 14 2881-3 A0583.5 / 1.75 6 94 17.5 2881-3.5 A058

4 / 2 6 94 23 2881-4 A0585 / 2.5 6 94 28 2881-5 A0586 / 3 8 100 32 2881-6 A0588 / 4 8 120 36.5 2881-8 A058



DIAPACT(PCD)Order code A058

Availability ✓

✓ In stock

Ordering example for:Type: 2880-8 A0..Configuration: A058

■ 2880-8 A058 1)

■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


Ball nose end mills with diamond tipsWith carbide shank | single and dual tip


Product spectrum

2888 Diamond gravers ➜ Page 2-15 Advantages at a glance ■ center cutting ■ special-purpose tool for engraving and copying

Product features ■ DIAPACT(PCD) configuration brazed to carbide blank. ■ Use of high-grade PCD ■ single tip

■ conical grind ■ regrindable

Applications2888 diamond gravers are primarily used on aluminum, plastics, brass, copper, graphite, fiber composites, or gold. Used on engraving and milling machines

Speed range: 20,000 - 30,000 R / min

Feed rate range: 0.7 - 0.12 m / min

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Strive for the highest possible cutting parameters to re-duce friction and to increase the tool life of the gravers.

2888 Diamond gravers Product overview

1


2

12888 graver with diamond tips (right-hand rotation) ■ With carbide shank

Type 2888

d2

l

a/2

d1

Dimensions

TypeNumber of tipsAngle

aØd2[mm]

Ød1[mm]

l[mm]

1

40°3.0

0.10

40

2888-3-40-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-3-40-0.15 A0..

6.00.10 2888-6-40-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-6-40-0.15 A0..

50°

3.00.05 2888-3-50-0.05 A0..0.10 2888-3-50-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-3-50-0.15 A0..

6.00.05 2888-6-50-0.05 A0..0.10 2888-6-50-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-6-50-0.15 A0..

60°

3.00.05 2888-3-60-0.05 A0..0.10 2888-3-60-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-3-60-0.15 A0..

6.00.05 2888-6-60-0.05 A0..0.10 2888-6-60-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-6-60-0.15 A0..

90°3.0

0.10 2888-3-90-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-3-90-0.15 A0..

60.10 2888-6-90-0.10 A0..0.15 2888-6-90-0.15 A0..


Available configurations DIAPACT(PCD) DiamondOrder code A030 A070 A080Availability ❍ ❍ ❍


Ordering example:

■ 2888-3-40-0.10 A070

2888 Diamond graversWith carbide shank


Product spectrum

WEISS multi-tooth mills with DIAPACT (PCD) tips ➜ Page 2-17 Advantages at a glance ■ High tip count ■ High cutting speeds ■ Long tool life

Product features ■ DIAPACT(PCD) inserts brazed to carbide blank. ■ Use of a special PCD grade (A056) ■ Wire eroded tips

ApplicationsWEISS multi-tooth mills with DIAPACT(PCD) tips are primarily used for graphite, sintered and green ceramics, and achieve superior results with regard to tool life, cutting speeds, and feed rates.

Primary application Cutting speed V[m/min]

Feed rate[mm / tooth]

Depth of cut[mm]

Graphite 200 – 1000 0.05 – 0.25 0.02 – 0.30

Ceramics, sintered 50 – 150 0.05 – 0.15 0.02 – 0.15

Ceramics, unsintered 100 – 500 0.05 – 0.25 0.02 – 0.30

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Strive for the highest possible cutting parameters to reduce friction and to increase the tool life of WEISS multi-tooth mills.

WEISS multi-tooth mills with DIAPACT (PCD) tipsProduct overview

1


2

1WEISS multi-tooth mills with DIAPACT (PCD) tips (right-hand rotation) ■ With carbide shank

Type 2904

ØD

Ød1

Ød

l1l

Dimensions

TypeNumber of tipsØD

[mm]Ød

[mm]Ød1[mm]

l[mm]

l1[mm]

2 1.0 3.0 0.7 35 3 2904 WVZ-1.00 A055

42.0 3.0 1.5 35 6 2904 WVZ-2.00 A0563.0 3.0 2.5 35 9 2904 WVZ-3.00 A0564.0 4.0 3.5 40 12 2904 WVZ-4.00 A056

5 5.0 5.0 4.5 50 15 2904 WVZ-5.00 A056

66.0 6.0 5.5 60 20 2904 WVZ-6.00 A0568.0 8.0 7.5 65 25 2904 WVZ-8.00 A056

810.0 10.0 9.5 70 30 2904 WVZ-10.00 A05612.0 12.0 11.5 70 30 2904 WVZ-12.00 A056


Available configurations DIAPACT(PCD)Order code A055 / A056Availability ❍


Ordering example:

■ 2904 WVZ-2.00 A056

WEISS multi-tooth mills with DIAPACT (PCD) tipsWith carbide shank


Product spectrum

DIAPACT(PCD) Face milling cutter Type 3000 ➜ Seite 2-19 Advantages at a glance ■ No insert assembly ■ Compact design ■ No assembly or adjustment errors

■ Accurate axial run-out ■ Accurate radial run-out

Product features ■ DIAPACT(PCD) blanks, brazed to holder ■ Can be reground or re-eroded ■ High tooth count

■ Used for roughing and finishing work ■ Cooling possible on all tips

ApplicationsRoughing and finishing work on workpieces made from aluminum castings and solid aluminum. The permanently brazed PCD tips support a depth of cut up to 5 mm.The positive tip geometry achieves outstanding machining performance even at reduced machine output.

The PCD-equipped face milling cutter is superior in all re-gards to a comparable tool equipped with indexable inserts and can be easily reground or re-eroded.

Speed range: 8,000 -12,000 R / min

Feed rate range: 0.3 - 0.6 mm / R

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Strive for the highest possible cutting parameters to reduce friction and to increase the tool life of the face milling cutters.

DIAPACT (PCD) Face milling cutter 90° with internal coolant supplyProduct overview

2

1


2

1DIAPACT (PCD) Face milling cutter 90° with internal coolant supply ■ Directly brazed PCD

Type 3000

d2d1D

l

Dimensions

TypeNumber of tipsØD

[mm]l

[mm]Ød1[mm]

3 40 40 16 3000-40-3 A0..

440 40 16 3000-40-4 A0..50 40 22 3000-50-4 A0..

540 40 16 3000-40-5 A0..50 40 22 3000-50-5 A0..63 40 22 3000-63-5 A0..

663 40 22 3000-63-6 A0..80 50 27 3000-80-6 A0..

100 50 27 3000-100-6 A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD dia-

mondOrder code A010 A020 A030 A040 A041 A060Availability ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

➜ Page 1-6 ➜ S 1-7❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example for:Type: 3000-63-6 A0..Configuration: A010

■ 3000-63-6 A010 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

DIAPACT (PCD) Face milling cutter 90° with internal coolant supply DIAPACT (PCD) Face milling cutter 90° with internal coolant supply

© WEISS AG – Technische Änderungen vorbehalten2-20

Product spectrum

DIAPACT(PCD) side milling cutter model 6000 ➜ Page 2-21 Benefits at a glance � No inserts to assemble � Compact design � No assembly or adjustment errors

� Accurate axial run-out � Accurate radial run-out

Product features � DIAPACT(PCD) blanks brazed into carrier � Regrindable � High tooth count

� Used for parting plastics (FGC or CFC)

Application examplesParting or groove cutting fiberglass or carbon-fiber work-pieces

The positive tip geometry allows outstanding removal rates even with reduced machine output.

The PCD-fitted side milling cutter is in all respects supe-rior to a comparable tool fitted with carbide and is easily reground or refitted.

Rotational speed range: 1,000 -3,000 R / min

Feed rate range: 0.05 - 0.1 mm/R

Application conditions � Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk). � Strive for the highest possible removal rates to reduce friction and to increase the tool life of side milling cutters.

� Use of coolants increases the service life.

DIAPACT(PCD) side milling cuttersProduct overview

2

1

© WEISS AG – Technische Änderungen vorbehalten 2-21

2

1DIAPACT(PCD) side milling cutter � DIAPACT(PCD) directly brazed

Model 6000

ØD

d

b Dimensions

ModelTip countØd

[mm]b

[mm]Ød1[mm]

4

160

1.6

20

6000-160-1.6-20-4 A020

2.2 6000-160-2.2-20-4 A020

2.5 6000-160-2.5-20-4 A020

3.0 6000-160-3.0-20-4 A020

8

1.6 6000-160-1.6-20-8 A020

2.2 6000-160-2.2-20-8 A020

1.630

6000-160-1.6-30-8 A020

2.2 6000-160-2.2-30-8 A020


Available versionsDIAPACT(PCD)

Order code A020Availability l

➜ Page 1-6

Ordering example for:Model: 6000-160-2.2-20-8 A020Version: A020

6000-160-2.2-20-8 A020 � dd.mm.yy (request date)

DIAPACT(PCD) side milling cutters DIAPACT (PCD) arbor-mounted mill 90° with coolant bore


Product spectrum

End mills with BORAPACT (CBN) tips ➜ Page 2-23Milling head inserts with BORAPACT (CBN) tips ➜ Page 2-24 Milling head inserts with diamond tips ➜ Page 2-25Milling heads for milling head inserts 2873 ➜ Seite 2-26

Advantages at a glance ■ Machining of large surface areas

■ Simple and cost- effective solution

■ Easy to handle

Product features ■ Tool holders for diamond or CBN equipped inserts. ■ Inserts are brazed or vacuum-brazed to steel holders.

Applications ■ Planing of large surface areas

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Have milling head inserts reground before tip chipping. ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts.



End mills (BORAPACT), CBN insert for milling heads, and milling headProduct overview

1


2

1End mills with BORAPACT (CBN) tips (right-hand rotation) ■ For OD machining ■ Application Planing

B2871 End mill

r

5°

5°

l1

l2

l

ØdØD

+0.5

Dimensions


configurationØD+0.5[mm]

Ød[mm]

l[mm]

l1-0.2[mm]

l2[mm]

r[mm]

single tip,no center cutting

6 6 60 4.5 – 0.4 B 2871-6 B0..8 6 60 4.5 10 0.4 B 2871-8 B0..

10 8 60 4.5 10 0.4 B 2871-10 B0..12 10 80 8 15 0.8 B 2871-12 B0..14 10 80 8 15 0.8 B 2871-14 B0..16 12 80 8 15 0.8 B 2871-16 B0..18 14 100 8 20 0.8 B 2871-18 B0..20 16 100 8 20 1.2 B 2871-20 B0..25 20 100 8 20 1.2 B 2871-25 B0..

Type B2876 with carbide shank

l1

ØD

1

Ød

ll2

Dimensions


configurationØD

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]

dual tip,no center cutting

6 6 60 6 15 B2876-6 B0..

8 8 65 6 20 B2876-8 B0..

10 10 70 6 25 B2876-10 B0..

12 12 70 6 25 B2876-12 B0..





Ordering example for:Type: B 2871-10 B0..Configuration: BORAPACT B040

■ B 2871-10 B040 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)

End millsWith BORAPACT (CBN) tips


12

Milling head inserts with BORAPACT (CBN) tips (right-hand rotation)

Type 2873

h2

l

h1

Ød

l1

45°

40°

r

6° negative

Dimensions

Typematches

milling headØd

[mm]l

[mm]l1-0.2[mm]

h1[mm]

h2[mm]

r[mm]

2872-25 10 40 8 8 9 0.8 B 2873-10 B0..

2872-30 12 50 8 10 11 0.8 B 2873-12 B0..

2872-40 14 60 8 12 13 0.8 B 2873-14 B0..

2872-50 16 75 8 14 15 0.8 B 2873-16 B0..





Ordering example for:Type: B 2873-10 B0..Configuration: BORAPACT B040

■ B 2873-10 B040 ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

Milling head insertsWith BORAPACT (CBN) tips

1


12

Milling head inserts with diamond tips (right-handed rotation)

Type 2873

h2

l

h1

Ød

l1

40°

45°

r

6° positivematches

milling head

Dimensions

TypeØd

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]h1

[mm]h2

[mm]r

[mm]

2872-25 10 40 8 8 9 0.8 2873-10 A0..

2872-30 12 50 8 10 11 0.8 2873-12 A0..

2872-40 14 60 8 12 13 0.8 2873-14 A0..

2872-50 16 75 8 14 15 0.8 2873-16 A0..



DIAPACT(PCD)CVD

diamond MCDNatural


More information ➜ Page 1-6 ➜ Page 1-7

✓ In stock ❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date


■ 2873-10 A070 ■ l1 = 8 mm1)

■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)1) The edge length l1 can be specified and for cost reasons should be held as short as possible on MCD and natural diamond tools.

Milling head insertsWith diamond tips


1

2

Milling head for milling head insert 2873

Type 2872

45°

l1l

M

Ød

Ød1

ØD

Dimensions

Type

matchesmilling head

insertØD

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]M

[mm]Ød1[mm]

2873-10 25 16 100 30 6 10 2872-25

2873-12 30 20 105 35 8 12 2872-30

2873-14 40 25 115 45 8 14 2872-40

2873-16 50 25 125 55 8 16 2872-50


■ Milling head 2872-25

Milling headFor milling head insert 2873


Milling head For milling head insert 2873


Product spectrum

End mills with diamond tips ➜ Page 2-29Radius mills with diamond tips ➜ Page 2-29

Advantages at a glance ■ Tightest dimensional toler-ances and superior surface finishes

■ Maximum tool life ■ Minimized scrap rates ■ Minimal or no burrs ■ Shank h5 grade ■ Internal coolant supply

Product features ■ Diamond inserts brazed or vacuum-brazed ■ Internal coolant supply

■ Carbide shank with h5 tolerance ■ DIAPACT(PCD) grade A041 (wear-resistant PCD grade)


The high abrasion resistance results in very long tool service lives, and therefore in low production machinery downtime.

DIAPACT (PCD) mills CVD diamond millsAl-Si alloys up to 20 % Si Al-Si alloys from 13 % Si

Ceramics unsintered and sintered MMCs

Copper alloys FGC, graphiteFGC/CFC TungstenCarbides



Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Have tools reground before tip chipping. ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts.



End mills and radius mills with lasered CVD- or DIAPACT(PCD) tipsProduct overview

1


2

1End mills with DIAPACT(PCD) tips (right-hand rotation)

Type D4000 DIAPACT(PCD) configuration with internal coolant supply

l

l1

l2

ØD

r

Ød

DimensionsZ= ØD

[mm]r

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]Code

14

0.2

4 80 4 25 D4000-04-A041

5 5 80 5 25 D4000-05-A041

2

6 6 100 6 30 D4000-06-A041

8 8 100 7 30 D4000-08-A041

10 10 100 8 40 D4000-10-A041

12 12 120 10 50 D4000-12-A041

Radius mills with DIAPACT(PCD) tips (right-hand rotation)

Type D4100 DIAPACT(PCD) configuration with internal coolant supply

l

ØdD

l2

l1

Ø

DimensionsZ= ØD/R

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]Code

14/2 4 80 4 25 D4100-04-A041

5/2.5 5 80 5 25 D4100-05-A041

2

6/3 6 100 6 30 D4100-06-A041

8/4 8 100 7 30 D4100-08-A041

10/5 10 100 8 40 D4100-10-A041

12/6 12 120 10 50 D4100-12-A041



DIAPACT(PCD)Order code A041Availability ✓


other DIAPACT (PCD) grades on request

Ordering example for:Type: D4100-08 A041

■ D4100-08-A041 ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)


End mills and radius mills with lasered DIAPACT(PCD) tipsWith carbide shank | internal coolant supply | single and dual tip


1

2

End mills and radius mills with lasered CVD diamond tipsWith carbide shank | internal coolant supply | single and dual tip

End mills with CVD diamond tips (right-hand rotation)

Type C4000 CVD diamond configuration with internal coolant supply

l

l1

l2

ØD

r

Ød

DimensionsZ= ØD

[mm]r

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]Code

14

0.2

4 80 4 25 C4000-04-A060

5 5 80 5 25 C4000-05-A060

2

6 6 100 6 30 C4000-06-A060

8 8 100 7 30 C4000-08-A060

10 10 100 8 40 C4000-10-A060

12 12 120 10 50 C4000-12-A060

Radius mills with CVD diamond tips (right-hand rotation)

Type C4100 CVD diamond configuration with internal coolant supply

l

ØdD

l2

l1

Ø

DimensionsZ= ØD/R

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]Code

14/2 4 80 4 25 C4100-04-A060

5/2.5 5 80 5 25 C4100-05-A060

2

6/3 6 100 6 30 C4100-06-A060

8/4 8 100 7 30 C4100-08-A060

10/5 10 100 8 40 C4100-10-A060

12/6 12 120 10 50 C4100-12-A060



CVD diamondOrder code A060Availability ✓


Ordering example for:Type: C4100-08 A060

■ C4100-08-A060 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)



End mills and radius mills with lasered CVD diamond tipsWith carbide shank | internal coolant supply | single and dual tip


Product spectrum

CVD diamond with lasered tips Advantages at a glance ■ Tightest dimensional toler-ances and superior surface finishes


Product features ■ CVD diamond inserts, vacuum-brazed ■ Internal coolant supply ■ Lasered diamond tips

■ Carbide shank with h5 tolerance ■ CVD diamond with polished cutting face


The high abrasion resistance results in very long tool service lives, and therefore in low production machinery downtime.

CVD diamond drillsAl-Si alloys from 13 % Si

MMCsFGC, graphite

TungstenThermoplastics with carbon fiber,


Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ Have tools reground before tip chipping. ■ Reduce cutting parameters approximately by half for interrupted cuts.



CVD diamond drills with lasered tipsProduct overview

1


2

1Drills with lasered CVD diamond tips

With carbide shank | Internal coolant supply

CVD diamond drills with internal coolant supply

Type C4600 with internal coolant supply

ØdØD

l

l2

l1

DimensionsØD

[mm]Ød

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm]l2

[mm]Type

3.0

6

85 30 20 C4600-3.0-A0603.3 85 30 20 C4600-3.3-A0604.0 85 34 24 C4600-4.0-A0604.2 85 46 36 C4600-4.2-A0605.0 85 46 36 C4600-5.0-A0605.5 85 46 36 C4600-5.5-A0606.0

8

85 46 36 C4600-6.0-A0606.8 98 58 48 C4600-6.8-A0608.0 98 58 48 C4600-8.0-A0608.5

1098 58 48 C4600-8.5-A060

10 115 70 60 C4600-10.0-A06010.2

12137 87 72 C4600-10.2-A060

12.0 137 87 72 C4600-12.0-A060



A060Availability ❍

More information ➜ Page 1-7

✓ In stock ❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery dateOther dimensions on request

Ordering example for:Type: C4600 Ø8mm

■ C4600-8.0-A060 ■ dd.mm.yy (requested date)


Product spectrum

High-sheen mills Type 5000 (single or multi-tip) ➜ Page 2-35 Advantages at a glance ■ No insert assembly ■ Compact design ■ Pre-adjusted milling head ■ Swap system ■ Rough and finish machining in one

Product features ■ MCD or natural diamond in tip cartridges ■ regrindable ■ individually adjustable teeth

ApplicationsThese tools are used to achieve very high quality surface finishes. Primary applications:

■ Plexiglass ■ Aluminum ■ Brass

Speed range: 1500 - 8000 R / min (depending on machinery and material)

Feed rate range: 0.02 - 0.05 mm / R

Application conditions ■ Never measure tips mechanically (chipping risk) ■ The surface finish can be improved by aligning the tips. ■ It is essential to balance the tool to achieve high quality surface finishes.

■ Speeds must be matched for surface finish

■ Cooling ■ Stable, vibration-free machinery

High-sheen mills with MCD or natural diamond tipsProduct overview

2

1


2

1Milling head Type 5000

Type 5000

D

d h

7

l

Dimensions

TypeTips ØD

[mm]l

[mm]Ød

[mm]2 30

78

20 5000-30-2 2 50 20 5000-50-23 50 20 5000-50-32 60 20 5000-60-23 60 20 5000-60-32 75 20 5000-75-23 75 20 5000-75-33 110 20 5000-110-3

Roughing insert Type 5010 in DIAPACT (PCD) configuration

Type 5010

h

l

b

Dimensions

Typel

[mm]b

[mm]h

[mm]

28.5 8 12 5010 A010

Finishing insert Type 5020 in MCD or natural diamond configuration

Type 5020

h

b

l

Dimensions

Typel

[mm]b

[mm]h

[mm]

28.5 8 12 5020 A070

28.5 8 12 5020 A080



DIAPACT(PCD)MCD

DiamondNatural

DiamondOrder code A010 A070 A080Availability ❍ ❍ ❍

➜ Page 1-6 ➜ Page 1-7 ➜ Page 1-7❍ When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example for:Type: 5000 Ø60Configuration: Dual tip

■ Basic holder: 5000-60-2 ■ Roughing insert: 5010 A010 ■ Finishing insert: 5020 A080 ■ dd.mm.yy (required date)

High-sheen mills with MCD or natural diamond tipsProduct summary

DIAPACT (PCD) Face milling cutter 90° with internal coolant supply



3DressingChapter overview

Standing dressing tools

DIAROLL diamond dresser � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 �Dressers for OD and surface grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 �Dressers for ID grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 �Dressers for profile grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 �Holder examples for DIAROLL equipment . . . . . . . . . 3-7

DIALETTEN diamond dressers � Product overview DIALETTEN dressers . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

� Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 �DIALETTEN dressers with needle diamonds . . . . . . 3-10 �DIALETTEN dressers with diamond grains . . . . . . . 3-12 � Product overview DIALETTEN dressers with MCD and CVD diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

� Application examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 �DIALETTEN dressers with MCD

� Standard DIALETTEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 �Double DIALETTEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 �Quattro DIALETTEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

�DIALETTEN dressers with CVD diamond � Standard DIALETTEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 �Double DIALETTEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 �Quattro DIALETTEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

�Holder examples for DIALETTEN dressers . . . . . . . 3-24

Polycrystalline dressers � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 � Y diamond dressers YA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 �Diamond polycrystalline dressers VA . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 �Diamond units AGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 �Holder examples for diamond units AGD . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Dressing bar � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 �Diamond dressing bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Manual dressers � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 �Diamond manual dressers HAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Mono-crystalline dressers � Product overview / mono-crystalline dressers with natural diamonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 �Disposable dressing diamonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

�Guidelines for using mono-crystalline diamonds . . 3-41 � Product overview - mono-crystalline dressers with MCD and CVD diamonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 �MCD and CVD diamond mono-crystalline dressers . 3-45 �Holder examples for mono-crystalline dressers . . . . 3-46

Triangular dressers � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 � Triangular dressers with DIAPACT (PCD) . . . . . . . . 3-51 � Triangular dressers with CVD diamonds . . . . . . . . . 3-52 �Holder examples for triangular dressers . . . . . . . . . 3-53 �Holders for triangular dressers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

Profile dressers � Product overview - new MCD profile dressers . . . . . 3-56 �Holders for new MCD profile dressers . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57 � Profile dressers with new MCD diamond . . . . . . . . . 3-58 �Holders for profile dressers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60 �Holders for profile dressers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61 � Profile dressers with natural diamond . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 � Profile dressers with MCD diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 � Profile dressers with CVD diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 �Holders for profile dressers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61

Insert dressers

� Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70 � Insert dressers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71 �Holders for insert dressers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72

M dressers

� Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78 �M dresser models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79

Rotating dressing tools

WEISS DRESSERS � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 �DRESSER dressing equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 �DRESSER dressing units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

�Diamond dressing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 �Diamond dressing tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

� Accessories and spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67

Dressing shaft � Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 �Dressing shaft for CBN and diamond wheels . . . . . . 3-68


1Product spectrum

DIAROLL diamond dressers ➜ Page 3-3Holder examples for DIAROLL devices ➜ Page 3-7 Advantages at a glance

■ High stability and ruggedness

■ No enclosure as for single point diamond dressers

■ Low warehousing costs ■ Time savings (increased dressing feed rate)

■ High dressing performance, resulting in long tool life

■ Variable grip of the grinding wheel

■ Cost-effective ratio between price and diamond weight

Product features ■ Hand-set natural or synthetic diamonds, embedded in wear-resistant sintered metal.

■ Shape, size, grade, and overall weight of diamonds varies by type and application.

Applications ■ Dressing grinding discs in corundum, white corundum, and silicon-carbide grain with ceramic and resin bond.

■ On OD, ID, centerless, and surface grinders. ■ For sinking, pendulum, and profile grinding.

Application conditions ■ Note: Cooling is critical! ■ Use short clamp length on DIAROLL units and tighten securely.

■ Clamp DIAROLL units so that the two disc – DIAROLL axis run parallel to each other.

■ Dressing infeed for ID grinding 0.01 mm, 0.02 – 0.03 mm for OD and surface grinding.

■ Increase dressing feed rate on two or multi-row DIAROLL units until the disc has the desired grip.

■ Increase dressing feed rate for rough grinding, reduce dressing feed rate for finish grinding.

■ Depending on DIAROLL type, the contact surface on the grinding wheel should never exceed 2 – 6 mm. If this surface has been created, loosen screw, rotate DIAROLL a little further and then securely retighten screw.

DIAROLL diamond dressersProduct overview


1DIAROLL diamond dressers for OD and surface grinding

Type C

Ø18

Ø6.

1

8Suited for grinding wheels

Diamond weight[carat] Type

Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 600 up to 100 36 – 46 2 C

Type G

8

Ø18

Ø6.

1

Suited for grinding wheelsDiamond weight

[carat] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 600 up to 100 54 – 80 2 G

Type J

Ø18

Ø6.

1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 600 up to 100 80 – 150 2 J

Type MC9

Ø20

Ø6.

1



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 1000 up to 300 36 – 46 5 MC

Type MG

Ø20

Ø6.

1

9 Suited for grinding wheelsDiamond weight


[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 1000 up to 300 54 – 80 4.5 MG

See next page for ordering example and continuation

DIAROLL diamond dressers for OD and surface grindingStationary dressing tools


2

1Type MJ

Ø6,

1Ø

20



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 1000 up to 300 80 – 150 4 MJ

Type SM

Ø30

Ø6.

1



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 1500 up to 600 36 – 46 14 SM

Type B

Ø6.

1Ø

16

5



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 300 up to 50 60 – 120 0.75 B

Type F

Ø18

Ø6.

1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 300 up to 50 46 – 80 0.5 F

Type ASS

Ø25

Ø6.

1



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 600 up to 100 46 – 120 1 ASS

Ordering example

■ DIAROLL MG ■ Holder examples ➜ Page 3-7

DIAROLL diamond dressers for OD and surface grindingStationary dressing tools


1

2

DIAROLL diamond dressers for ID grinding

Type HØ

16Ø

6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 150 up to 20 60 – 300 0.5 H

Type Miniroll

Ø3.

1Ø

8



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 100 up to 20 60 – 300 0.3 Miniroll

Ordering example

■ DIAROLL Miniroll ■ Holder examples ➜ Page 3-7

DIAROLL diamond dressers for ID grindingStationary dressing tools


11

2

DIAROLL diamond dressers for profile grinding

Type ASØ

25Ø

6.1



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 600 up to 100 46 – 120 2 AS

Type AZ

Ø25

Ø6.

1



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 600 up to 100 80 – 150 2 AZ

Type AZ

Type AR (CVD configuration) Application: soft to medium-hard wheels

6.

4

4.9

α

R

25

Suited for grinding wheelsAngle

aRadius

R TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 600 up to 100 46 – 100 30°, 40°, 60°

0.1, 0.125, 0.20.25, 0.3, 0.4

AR

Type ASN

Ø25

Ø6.

1



[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 400 up to 50 60 – 120 1 ASN

Ordering example

■ DIAROLL AR 30/125 ■ Holder examples ➜ Page 3-7

DIAROLL diamond dressers for profile grindingStationary dressing tools


1

2

Holder examples for DIAROLL units

DIAROLL holders with cylindrical shankAvailable

configurations Installation dimension l1 [mm] for DIAROLL unit

Ød[mm] B, H C, F, G, J MC, MG, MJ

AS, ASS, ASN, AZ SM

Ød

Ø16

30l1

689

9.5101112

12.51415

21 22 24 27 32

DIAROLL holders with conical shankInstallation dimension l1 [mm] for DIAROLL unit

Configuration B, H C, F, G, JMC, MG,

MJ

AS, ASS, ASN, AZ,

AR SM Miniroll

Ø16

28l1

Ø12

.065

MK 1

Morse cone 1 25 26 28 31 36 –

Ø14

Ø9.

045

l1 20

MK0

Morse cone 0 24 25 27 30 35 –

Ø10

21l18

Ø9.

045

MK 0

Morse cone 0 – 12

Ordering examples

Holder with cylindrical shank: ■ Holder, cyl. Ø10 mm for DIAROLL H 1)

Holder with conical shank: ■ Holder Morse cone 1 for DIAROLL MG 1)

1) Other holders per specifications

Holder examples for DIAROLL unitsStationary dressing tools


Product spectrum

Dresser blades with needle diamonds (Type Z and Type P) ➜ Page 3-10Granular dresser blades (Type Z and Type P) ➜ Page 3-12Product overview – MCD and CVD diamond DRESSER BLADES ➜ Page 3-14

■ MCD DRESSER BLADES ➜ Page 3-16 ■ CVD diamond DRESSER BLADES ➜ Page 3-20

Advantages at a glance ■ DRESSER BLADES frequently replace expensively ground profile diamond dressers

■ No service required ■ Time savings (increased dressing feed rate)

■ High dressing performance, resulting in long tool life


■ Good price-performance ratio

Product features ■ Manually set, natural or synthetic diamonds distributed or arranged via set pattern, embedded in wear-resistant sintered metal.

■ Sintered metal differs depending on wheel hardness and wheel type.

■ Diamond size and weight differs by type. ■ Depending on application or machine type, DRESSER BLADES can either be used clamped or directly brazed to the holder.

Applications ■ Dressing grinding discs in corundum, white corundum, and silicon-carbide grain with ceramic and resin bond.

■ On OD, centerless, and surface grinders. ■ For sinking, pendulum, and profile grinding.

Application conditions ■ Use short clamping length on DRESSER BLADE and tighten securely.

■ The axis of the DRESSER BLADE should be accurately

aligned with the center of the grinding wheel. ■ Sufficient cooling increases the tool life of DRESSER BLADES.

Operating parameters ■ Dressing infeed: 0.02 – 0.03 mm ■ Dressing feed rate: 0.05 – 0.20 mm/R Depends on wheel grain size and desired finish

With increased diagonal positioning, the DRESSER BLADE:1. can achieve a better surface finish when the dressing

feed rate remains constant, or2. the dressing feed rate can be increased with the same

surface finish.Note: The location should no longer be changed once the DRESSER BLADE has been adjusted to the grinding wheel.

Dresser bladesProduct overview


Application

30° – 40°

Important note ■ The metallic DRESSER BLADE spine must always be far forward during the dressing motion to allow the tool to cut freely.

■ Diamonds should be opened from time to time by dress-ing a grinding wheel several times at an infeed of 0.1 mm and a high feed rate (approx. 500 to 800 mm/min).

Feed rate formula for DRESSER BLADESThe dressing feed rate vd in mm/min is determined with the following formula:

vd Standard grinding = ns x bd

4

vd Finish grinding = ns x bd

6

If the active width bd (X dimension) of the point is not known, an active width bd of 0.9 mm should be entered into the formula.bd = active width in mmns = grinding wheel revolutions per minvd = dressing feed rate in mm/min

Dresser bladesStationary dressing tools


1 1

2

DRESSER BLADES with needle diamond in standard configuration Type Z ■ Standard configuration Type Z (needle grade 1) ■ Used for standard dressing processes with low surface finish requirements ■ The Type P precision configuration is recommended for elevated requirements ■ Available in four bond types ■ Available in two lengths

Type ZS

15l

10

7

Ø6.1

Suited for grinding wheelsActive width

[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

36 – 46 1.40 ZS 36 ...46 – 60 1.15 ZS 46 ...60 – 80 0.90 ZS 60 ...

80 – 150 0.85 ZS 80 ...150 – 300 0.70 ZS 100 ...

Type ZM

l

15

715

Ø6.1


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

36 – 46 1.40 ZM 36 ...46 – 60 1.15 ZM 46 ...60 – 80 0.90 ZM 60 ...

80 – 150 0.85 ZM 80 ...150 – 300 0.70 ZM 100 ...

Type ZBl

20

7

Ø6.1

15


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

36 – 46 1.40 ZB 36 ...46 – 60 1.15 ZB 46 ...60 – 80 0.90 ZB 60 ...

80 – 150 0.85 ZB 80 ...150 – 300 0.70 ZB 100 ...


Available configurations1)

Bond code Bond type Application / wheel type

Bond2)

V Copper bond very soft to soft corundum wheelsW25 Tungsten bond soft to medium-hard corundum wheels

W Tungsten bond medium to hard corundum wheelsU Carbide bond silicon-carbide wheels

Configuration K Configuration LLength [mm] 28 33

1) Other DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: ZM 60 ...Configuration: Copper bond, length 33 mm

■ Dresser blade with needle diamonds

■ ZM 60 V LHolder examples ➜ Page 3-24

DRESSER BLADES with needle diamond Type ZStationary dressing tools


1

2

DRESSER BLADES with needle diamonds in precision configuration Type P ■ Type P precision configuration ("super" needle grade) ■ Used in continuous dressing processes and for high surface finish requirements for the workpiece ■ Available in four bond types ■ Available in two lengths

Type PS

15l

10

7

Ø6.1


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

46 – 60 1.15 PS 46 ...

60 – 80 0.90 PS 60 ...

80 – 150 0.85 PS 80 ...

150 – 300 0.70 PS 100 ...

Type PM

l

15

715

Ø6.1


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

46 – 60 1.15 PM 46 ...

60 – 80 0.90 PM 60 ...

80 – 150 0.85 PM 80 ...

150 – 300 0.70 PM 100 ...

Type PB

l

20

7

Ø6.1

15


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

46 – 60 1.15 PB 46 ...

60 – 80 0.90 PB 60 ...

80 – 150 0.85 PB 80 ...

150 – 300 0.70 PB 100 ...




Bond2)





Ordering example for:Type: PB 60 ...Configuration: Copper bond, length 33 mm

■ Dresser blade with needle diamonds

■ PB 60 V LHolder examples ➜ Page 3-24

DRESSER BLADES with needle diamond Type PStationary dressing tools


11

2

DRESSER BLADES with diamond grain in standard configuration Type Z ■ Standard configuration Type Z (manually set diamonds) ■ Used for standard dressing processes with low surface finish requirements ■ The Type P precision configuration is recommended for elevated requirements ■ Available in four bond types ■ Available in two lengths

Type ZS D

15l

10

Ø6.1

7


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

180 – 240 0.35 ZS D 356 ...120 – 180 0.45 ZS D 501 ...80 – 120 0.75 ZS D 711 ...60 – 100 0.85 ZS D 852 ...54 – 80 1.00 ZS D 1001 ...36 – 54 1.20 ZS D 1181 ...

Type ZM D

15l

15

Ø6.1

7


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

180 – 240 0.35 ZM D 356 ...120 – 180 0.45 ZM D 501 ...80 – 120 0.75 ZM D 711 ...60 – 100 0.85 ZM D 852 ...54 – 80 1.00 ZM D 1001 ...36 – 54 1.20 ZM D 1181 ...

Type ZB D

15l

20

Ø6.1

7


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

180 – 240 0.35 ZB D 356 ...120 – 180 0.45 ZB D 501 ...80 – 120 0.75 ZB D 711 ...60 – 100 0.85 ZB D 852 ...54 – 80 1.00 ZB D 1001 ...36 – 54 1.20 ZB D 1181 ...




Bond2)





Ordering example for:Type: ZS D 1001 ...Configuration: Tungsten bond, length 28 mm

■ Grain dresser blade ■ ZS D 1001 W K

Holder examples ➜ Page 3-24

Granular DRESSER BLADES in standard version Type ZStationary dressing tools


1

2

DRESSER BLADES with diamond grain in precision configuration Type P ■ Type P precision configuration (diamonds set with setting template) ■ Used in continuous dressing processes and for high surface finish requirements for the workpiece ■ Available in four bond types ■ Available in two lengths

Type PS D

15l

10

Ø6.1

7


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

180 – 240 0.35 PS D 356 ...120 – 180 0.45 PS D 501 ...80 – 120 0.75 PS D 711 ...60 – 100 0.85 PS D 852 ...54 – 80 1.00 PS D 1001 ...36 – 54 1.20 PS D 1181 ...

Type PM D

15l

15

Ø6.1

7


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

180 – 240 0.35 PM D 356 ...120 – 180 0.45 PM D 501 ...80 – 120 0.75 PM D 711 ...60 – 100 0.85 PM D 852 ...54 – 80 1.00 PM D 1001 ...36 – 54 1.20 PM D 1181 ...

Type PB D

15l

20

Ø6.1

7


[mm] TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

180 – 240 0.35 PB D 356 ...120 – 180 0.45 PB D 501 ...80 – 120 0.75 PB D 711 ...60 – 100 0.85 PB D 852 ...54 – 80 1.00 PB D 1001 ...36 – 54 1.20 PB D 1181 ...




Bond2)





Ordering example for:Type: PB D 501 ...Configuration: Carbide bond, length 28 mm

■ Grain dresser blade ■ PB D 501 U K


Granular DRESSER BLADES in precision version Type PStationary dressing tools


Product spectrum

MCD DRESSER BLADES ➜ Page 3-16CVD diamond DRESSER BLADES ➜ Page 3-20

bd bd

ssbd Active width s Cross section

Advantages at a glance ■ No enclosure, therefore maintenance-free

■ Constant active width ■ Low internal stresses and free of inclusions

■ Uniform properties of indi-vidual diamonds

■ Consistent performance characteristics

Product featuresThe shape and design of these DRESSER BLADES is similar to that of needle diamond or granular DRESSER BLADES. MCD and CVD diamond DRESSER BLADES are compatible with all holder shapes and are therefore easily exchanged.

DRESSER BLADES with single-sided MCD and CVD diamond tool surfaces are also available with an internal coolant supply. The synthetic diamonds used in this case have a square cross section and maintain this cross section across their overall length.

Applications Application conditions

very hard

MCD

CVD

softopen closed

Har

dnes

s

Grain structure

■ Use short clamp length on DRESSER BLADE and tighten securely.

■ The axis of the DRESSER BLADE should be accurately aligned with the center of the grinding wheel.

■ Sufficient cooling increases the tool life of DRESSER BLADES.

Operating parameters ■ Dressing infeed: 0.02 – 0.03 mm ■ Dressing feed rate: 0.05 – 0.20 mm/R Depends on wheel grain size and desired finish

With increased diagonal positioning, the DRESSER BLADE:1. can achieve a better surface finish when the dressing

feed rate remains constant, or2. the dressing feed rate can be increased with the same

surface finish.Note: The location should no longer be changed once the DRESSER BLADE has been adjusted to the grinding wheel.

DRESSER BLADES with MCD and CVD diamondProduct overview


Applications ■ Dressing conventional corundum wheels, but primarily used for sintered corundum and silicon-carbide grinding wheels.

■ For controlled grinding processes.

■ For CNC dressing (repeatable grinding conditions). ■ Used on OD, centerless, and surface grinders in sinking, pendulum, and profile grinding operations.

Straight dressing Profile dressing from right to left

Profile dressing from left to right

The diamonds can be used parallel but also at 45° .

Recommendation

MCD version CVD diamond versionSoft wheels parallel version

General-purpose 45° versionHard wheels 45° version

Radius dressing parallel version Radius dressing parallel version

DRESSER BLADES with MCD and CVD diamondStationary dressing tools


2

1 1DRESSER BLADES with MCD ■ Available in four bond types ■ Available in two lengths

Type HS

10

l

Ø6.1

7

Suited for grinding wheels Active width bd

Version 45°[mm] Type

Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 HS 03-3 ...150 – 300 0.56 HS 04-3 ...80 – 150 0.85 HS 06-3 ...60 – 80 1.15 HS 08-3 ...46 – 60 1.55 HS 11-3 ...

Type HM

15

l7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 HM 03-4 ...150 – 300 0.56 HM 04-4 ...80 – 150 0.85 HM 06-4 ...60 – 80 1.15 HM 08-4 ...46 – 60 1.55 HM 11-4 ...

Type HB

20

l7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 HB 03-5 ...150 – 300 0.56 HB 04-5 ...80 – 150 0.85 HB 06-5 ...60 – 80 1.15 HB 08-5 ...46 – 60 1.55 HB 11-5 ...




Bond2)




1) Other MCD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: HS 11-3 ...Configuration: Copper bond, length 33 mm

■ MCD DRESSER BLADE ■ HS 11-3 V L


DRESSER BLADES with MCDStationary dressing tools


2

1DRESSER BLADE with MCD, with internal coolant supply ■ Used with open grain structures or when cooling is generally problematic, either due to inaccessibility, missing connections, or other issues.

■ Available in two bond types ■ Available in two lengths ■ Delivery includes port and 0.5 m hose

Type HS

l

Ø6.1

10

7



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 HS 03-3 ... T150 – 300 0.56 HS 04-3 ... T80 – 150 0.85 HS 06-3 ... T60 – 80 1.15 HS 08-3 ... T46 – 60 1.55 HS 11-3 ... T

Type HM

l

15

7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 HM 03-4 ... T150 – 300 0.56 HM 04-4 ... T80 – 150 0.85 HM 06-4 ... T60 – 80 1.15 HM 08-4 ... T46 – 60 1.55 HM 11-4 ... T

Type HB

l

20

7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 HB 03-5 ... T150 – 300 0.56 HB 04-5 ... T80 – 150 0.85 HB 06-5 ... T60 – 80 1.15 HB 08-5 ... T46 – 60 1.55 HB 11-5 ... T




Bond2)V Copper bond very soft to soft corundum wheels

W25 Tungsten bond soft to medium-hard corundum wheels


1) Other MCD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: HM 08-4 ... TConfiguration: Tungsten bond, length 28 mm

■ MCD DRESSER BLADE ■ HM 08-4 W25 K T


DRESSER BLADE with MCD, with internal coolant supplyStationary dressing tools


2

11Twin DRESSER BLADES with MCD ■ Available in two bond types

Type HS

Ø5.2

12



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 HS 03-3 2...150 – 300 0.56 HS 04-3 2...80 – 150 0.85 HS 06-3 2...60 – 80 1.15 HS 08-3 2...46 – 60 1.55 HS 11-3 2...

Type HM

12

Ø5.2



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 HM 03-4 2...150 – 300 0.56 HM 04-4 2...80 – 150 0.85 HM 06-4 2...60 – 80 1.15 HM 08-4 2...46 – 60 1.55 HM 11-4 2...

Type HB

Ø5.2

12



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 HB 03-5 2...150 – 300 0.56 HB 04-5 2...80 – 150 0.85 HB 06-5 2...60 – 80 1.15 HB 08-5 2...46 – 60 1.55 HB 11-5 2...





W25 Tungsten bond soft to medium-hard corundum wheels1) Other MCD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: HB 06-5 2...Configuration: Copper bond

■ MCD DRESSER BLADE ■ HB 06-5 2V


Twin DRESSER BLADES with MCDStationary dressing tools


2

1Quadruple DRESSER BLADES with MCD ■ Available in two bond types

Type HS

12Ø5.2



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 HS 03-3 Q...150 – 300 0.56 HS 04-3 Q...80 – 150 0.85 HS 06-3 Q...60 – 80 1.15 HS 08-3 Q...46 – 60 1.55 HS 11-3 Q...

Type HM

12Ø5.2



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 HM 03-4 Q...150 – 300 0.56 HM 04-4 Q...80 – 150 0.85 HM 06-4 Q...60 – 80 1.15 HM 08-4 Q...46 – 60 1.55 HM 11-4 Q...

Type HB

12Ø5.2



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 HB 03-5 Q...150 – 300 0.56 HB 04-5 Q...80 – 150 0.85 HB 06-5 Q...60 – 80 1.15 HB 08-5 Q...46 – 60 1.55 HB 11-5 Q...





W25 Tungsten bond soft to medium-hard corundum wheels1) Other MCD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: HM 04-4 Q...Configuration: Tungsten bond

■ MCD DRESSER BLADE ■ HM 04-4 QW25


Quadruple DRESSER BLADES with MCDStationary dressing tools


2

11Dresser blades with CVD diamond ■ Available in four bond types ■ Available in two lengths

Type CS

10

l7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 CS 03-3 ...150 – 300 0.56 CS 04-3 ...80 – 150 0.85 CS 06-3 ...60 – 80 1.15 CS 08-3 ...46 – 60 1.55 CS 11-3 ...

Type CM

15

l7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 CM 03-4 ...150 – 300 0.56 CM 04-4 ...80 – 150 0.85 CM 06-4 ...60 – 80 1.15 CM 08-4 ...46 – 60 1.55 CM 11-4 ...

Type CB

20

l7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 CB 03-5 ...150 – 300 0.56 CB 04-5 ...80 – 150 0.85 CB 06-5 ...60 – 80 1.15 CB 08-5 ...46 – 60 1.55 CB 11-5 ...




Bond2)




1) Other CVD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: CS 11-3 ...Configuration: Copper bond, length 33 mm

■ CVD diamond DRESSER BLADE

■ CS 11-3 V LHolder examples ➜ Page 3-24

DRESSER BLADES with CVD diamondStationary dressing tools


2

1DRESSER BLADE with CVD diamond, with internal coolant supply ■ Used with porous wheels or when cooling is generally problematic, either due to inaccessibility, missing connections, or other issues.

■ Available in two bond types ■ Available in two lengths ■ Product includes port and 0.5 m hose

Type CS

l

10

7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 CS 03-3 ... T150 – 300 0.56 CS 04-3 ... T80 – 150 0.85 CS 06-3 ... T60 – 80 1.15 CS 08-3 ... T46 – 60 1.55 CS 11-3 ... T

Type CM

l

15

7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 CM 03-4 ... T150 – 300 0.56 CM 04-4 ... T80 – 150 0.85 CM 06-4 ... T60 – 80 1.15 CM 08-4 ... T46 – 60 1.55 CM 11-4 ... T

Type CB

l

20

7

Ø6.1



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 CB 03-5 ... T150 – 300 0.56 CB 04-5 ... T80 – 150 0.85 CB 06-5 ... T60 – 80 1.15 CB 08-5 ... T46 – 60 1.55 CB 11-5 ... T





W25 Tungsten bond soft to medium-hard corundum wheels


1) Other CVD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: CM 08-4 ... TConfiguration: Tungsten bond, length 28 mm


■ CM 08-4 W25 K THolder examples ➜ Page 3-24

DRESSER BLADES with CVD diamond, with internal coolant supplyStationary dressing tools


11

2

Twin DRESSER BLADES with CVD diamond ■ Available in two bond types

Type CS

Ø5.2

12



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 CS 03-3 2...150 – 300 0.56 CS 04-3 2...80 – 150 0.85 CS 06-3 2...60 – 80 1.15 CS 08-3 2...46 – 60 1.55 CS 11-3 2...

Type CM

Ø5.2

12



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 CM 03-4 2...150 – 300 0.56 CM 04-4 2...80 – 150 0.85 CM 06-4 2...60 – 80 1.15 CM 08-4 2...46 – 60 1.55 CM 11-4 2...

Type CB

Ø5.2

12



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 CB 03-5 2...150 – 300 0.56 CB 04-5 2...80 – 150 0.85 CB 06-5 2...60 – 80 1.15 CB 08-5 2...46 – 60 1.55 CB 11-5 2...





W25 Tungsten bond soft to medium-hard corundum wheels1) Other CVD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: CB 06-5 2...Configuration: Copper bond


■ CB 06-5 2VHolder examples ➜ Page 3-27

Twin DRESSER BLADES with CVD diamondStationary dressing tools


1

2

Quadruple DRESSER BLADES with CVD diamond ■ Available in two bond types

Type CS

12Ø5.2

Suited for grinding wheelsActive width bd


Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

up to 500 up to 100

from 280 0.42 CS 03-3 Q...150 – 300 0.56 CS 04-3 Q...80 – 150 0.85 CS 06-3 Q...60 – 80 1.15 CS 08-3 Q...46 – 60 1.55 CS 11-3 Q...

Type CM

12Ø5.2



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 800 50 – 250

from 280 0.42 CM 03-4 Q...150 – 300 0.56 CM 04-4 Q...80 – 150 0.85 CM 06-4 Q...60 – 80 1.15 CM 08-4 Q...46 – 60 1.55 CM 11-4 Q...

Type CB

12Ø5.2



Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

500 – 1500 100 – 600

from 280 0.42 CB 03-5 Q...150 – 300 0.56 CB 04-5 Q...80 – 150 0.85 CB 06-5 Q...60 – 80 1.15 CB 08-5 Q...46 – 60 1.55 CB 11-5 Q...





W25 Tungsten bond soft to medium-hard corundum wheels1) Other CVD DRESSER BLADES on request 2) Other bonds on request

Ordering example for:Type: CM 04-4 Q...Configuration: Tungsten bond


■ CM 04-4 QW25Holder examples ➜ Page 3-27

Quadruple DRESSER BLADES with CVD diamondStationary dressing tools


Holder example – swivel DRESSER BLADES on clamping tool holders

Ø16

16

MK1

l + 5

42

Ø12.065

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D10 MK1 longD10 Morse cone 1, long

16

Ø16

MK1

27

Ø12.065L + 5

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D11 MK1 shortD11 Morse cone 1, short

Ø16

16

MK0

29

Ø9.045l + 5

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D12 MK0D12 Morse cone 0

ll+16

Ø16

M6

Ød

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D13 ■ Cyl. diameter Ød and length l as per specificationD13 Cylindrical

Holder examples for DRESSER BLADESSwivel-design on clamping tool holder


Holder example – DRESSER BLADE directly brazed to holder

22

B

Ø14

10°

MK1

19

Ø12.065

26.5

Type Description

Ordering example for:Dresser blade with needle diamonds ZB 80 V(D appended to type code for "brazed")

■ Dresser blade with needle diamonds ZB 80 V D

■ Holder D14 MK1 FortunaNote: can also be ordered with 0° incline Please indicate with purchase: 0° incline

D14 Morse cone 1, Fortuna

l

15

X

12

Ød

Type Description



■ Holder D15 ■ Cyl. diameter Ød and length l as per specification

D15 Cylindrical holder

41

15

X

Ø12.065

19

MK1

Type Description



■ Holder D16 MK1 short

D16 Morse cone 1, short

15

X

Ø12.065

4222

MK1

Type Description



■ Holder D18 MK1 long

D18 Morse cone 1, long

X

15 Ø9.045

2922

MK0

Type Description



■ Holder D19 MK0

D19 Morse cone 0

Continued on next page

Holder examples for DRESSER BLADESDirectly brazed to holder


Ød

l

ß

15

Type Description



■ Holder D20 ■ Cyl. Diameter Ød, length l and angle β (incline) as per specification

D20 Cylindrical holder, angled

Ød

l

15

ß

Type Description



■ Holder D21 ■ Cyl. Diameter Ød, length l and angle β (slanted) as per specification

D21 Cylindrical holder, slanted

Ø9.

52

l

3

15

Type Description



■ Holder D22 Diaform ■ Length | as per specification

D22 Diaform

Ø16

30

Type Description



■ Holder D23 Kellenberger Ø16

D23 Kellenberger Ø16

Holder examples for DRESSER BLADESDirectly brazed to holder


Holder example for twin and quadruple DRESSER BLADES16

4224

MK1

16

Ø12.065

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D30 MK1 longD30 Morse cone 1, long

16

1924

MK1

16

Ø12.065

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D31 MK1 shortD31 Morse cone 1, short

16

2923

MK0

16

Ø9.045

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D32 MK0D32 Morse cone 0

l

16

21

16

Ød

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D33 ■ Cyl. diameter Ød and length l as per specification

D33 Cylindrical holder

Ø16

3338

Type Description

Ordering example

■ Holder D34 Kellenberger Ø16D34 Kellenberger Ø16

Holder examples for DRESSER BLADESHolder examples for twin and quadruple DRESSER BLADES


1Product spectrum

Y diamond dresser type YA and holder examples ➜ Page 3-29Diamond grit dresser type VA and holder examples ➜ Page 3-30Diamond abrasive units AGD and holder examples ➜ Page 3-32

Advantages at a glance ■ High stability and rugged-ness

■ Short installation dimen-sions

■ No service of any kind re-quired until fully used up

■ Low warehousing costs ■ Time savings (increased dressing feed rate)

■ High dressing performance, long tool life


■ Cost-effective ratio be-tween price and diamond weight

Product features ■ Diamond size and weight differs by type and application.

Y diamond dressers type YA ■ Manually set natural needle diamond embedded in wear-resistant sintered metal.

Diamond grit dresser type VA / diamond abrasive units AGD

■ Block-shaped natural or synthetic diamond grit, embed-ded in wear-resistant sintered metal.

Applications ■ Dressing grinding discs in corundum, white corundum, and silicon-carbide grit with ceramic and resin bond.

■ For sinking and pendulum grinding, AGD also for thread grinding.

Y Diamond dresser type YA / diamond grit dresser type VA / diamond abrasive units AGD

■ Used on OD, centerless, and surface grinders. ■ YA and VA for wheel diameters from 300 – 1500 mm ■ AGD for wheel diameters up to 300 mm and rather fine grit wheels.

Application conditions ■ Use shortest possible clamping length and tighten securely.

■ The axis of the dresser unit should be accurately aligned with the center of the grinding wheel.

■ Sufficient cooling increases the tool life of the diamonds.

■ Dressing infeed 0.02 – 0.03 mm ■ Increase dressing feed rate until the wheel has the de-sired grip.

Diamond grit dressersProduct overview


3

21Y diamond dressers type YA

10

1010

Suited for grinding wheels Diamond weight[carat] Type

Diameter[mm]

Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

300 – 1200 30 – 60

up to 36 5 YA3636 – 54 3 YA4654 – 80 2.5 YA60

80 – 150 2 YA80

Holder examples ■ More holders ➜ Page 3-33 or to specification

Code Type

Ød

10

l

10

17

Cylindrical holder Y25

45

10

62

10 42

MK1

Ø12.065

Morse cone 1 Y26

32

49

10

10 29

MK0

Ø9.045

Morse cone 0 Y27

45

53

α10

10Ø12.065

42

62

MK1Morse cone 1, angled Y28

Ordering example

■ YA46, Holder Y26 MK1

Diamond grit dresser type YAStationary dressing tools


1

2

Diamond grit dressers VA

Diamond weight[carat]

Suited for grinding wheels

TypeDiameter

[mm]Width[mm]

Grain size[µm]

6 Ø8

1.5 up to 600 up to 200

up to 36 VA9

36 – 60 VA50

54 – 100 VA100

10 Ø10

3.5 up to 1000 up to 500

up to 36 VA9

36 – 60 VA50

54 – 100 VA100

Holder examples ■ More holders ➜ Page 3-33 or to specification

Dimensions

Code Version l1

[mm]Ød

[mm] Type

l

Ød

Ød+

1

ØD

Cylindrical holder

1.5 carat – 8

V30

3.5 carat – 10

Ød

Ød+

1

l1 42

MK1

Ø12.065

Morse cone 1

1.5 carat 13 8

V31

3.5 carat 16 10

Ød

Ød+1

α

42l1

MK1

Ø12.065

Morse cone 1, angled

1.5 carat 13 8

V32

3.5 carat 16 10

ØD

l

ØD

+2

l1

Ød+

1Ø

d

Cylindrical holder with

head

1.5 carat 12 8

V33

3.5 carat 18 10

Ø12

Ø13

42l1

MK1

Ø12.065

Morse cone 1 with head

1.5 carat Use holder V31

V34

3.5 carat Use holder V31


Diamond grit dresser and holder examples type VAStationary dressing tools


3

Dimensions

Code Version l1

[mm]Ød

[mm] Type

Ød+

1Ø

d

29l1

MK0

Ø9.045

Morse cone 0 with head

1.5 carat 15 8

V35

3.5 carat 21 10

7

7612

M10

x1

12

Ø9

Threaded shank M10 x 1

1.5 carat – 8

V36

3.5 carat – 10

Ød

ØDØ

d+1

ll1

Cylindrical holder, angled

1.5 carat approx. 12 8

V37

3.5 carat approx. 16 10

Ød

Ød+

1

11l1

Kegel 1:10

Ø5.9

Jung, cone 1:10

1.5 carat 10 8

V38

3.5 carat 15 10

Ød

Ød+1

29

2

l1

MK0

Ø9.045

α

Morse cone 0 with head,

angled

1.5 carat 13 8

V39

3.5 carat 19 10

9

Ø12Ø13

42

2

l1

MK1

Ø12.065

α

Morse cone 1 with head,

angled

1.5 carat 13 8

V40

3.5 carat 19 10

Ød

Ød+

1

192

l1

MK1

Ø12.065

Morse cone 1 short, with head

1.5 carat 13 8

V41

3.5 carat 16 10

Ordering examples

■ VA50 1.5 ct, holder V31 MK1 long ■ VA50 1.5 ct, holder V30 ■ Diameter ØD, length l and angle α on request where required

Diamond grit dresser and holder examples type VAStationary dressing tools


2

1 1Diamond abrasive units AGD

Diamond weight[carat]

Suited for grinding wheel

grit[μm] Type

Size l1[mm]

l1 Ø5505 0.5 4.5

36 – 46 AGD85246 – 60 AGD711

60 AGD60280 AGD501

100 AGD426120 AGD356150 AGD251180 AGD181220 AGD126

240 – 280 AGD91320 AGD64

l1 Ø6

615 1.5 9

36 – 46 AGD85246 – 60 AGD711

60 AGD60280 AGD501


240 – 280 AGD91320 AGD64

l1 Ø8

820 2.0 8.5

36 – 46 AGD85246 – 60 AGD711

60 AGD60280 AGD501


240 – 280 AGD91320 AGD64

Ordering example

■ AGD501-615

Other diamond abrasive units on requestHolder examples ➜ Page 3-33

Diamond grit dresser type AGDStationary dressing tools


1Holder examples ■ More holders ➜ Page 3-46 or to specification ■ Dimensions l1 and Ød ➜ Table page 3-32

Code Description Type

Ød+

1

l

ØD

Ød

l1

Cylindrical holder ■ Ød is 1 mm smaller than ØD ■ Dimensions ØD and l as per specifi-cation

G40

l

ØD

Ød+

1Ø

d

l1

Cylindrical holder ■ Ød is at least 2 mm smaller than ØD ■ Dimensions ØD and l as per specification

G41Ø

D

ll2l1

ØD

1

Ød+

1Ø

d

Cylindrical holder with head

■ Ød is the same size or greater than ØD ■ Dimensions ØD, ØD1, l and l2 to specifications

G42

Ød

Ød+

1

13 29

MK0

Ø9.045

l1

Morse cone 0 ■ Ød is 6 mm max. G43

Ød

Ød+

1

13 42

MK1

Ø12.065

l1

Morse cone 1 – G44

Ød

Ød+1

4215

MK1α

l1

Morse cone 1, angled – G45

Ød

l1

Ød+

1

17 29

MK0

Ø9.045

Morse cone 0, with head – G46

Ød

Ød+

1

l1

2917

MK0

Ø9.045

Morse cone 0, angled – G47


Holder examples for diamond grit dressersHolder example for type AGD


2


Code Description TypeØ

5Ø

9

17.57.5

Kegel 1:20

Ø7l1

Jung, cone 1:20 ■ Only for unit size 505 G48

Ød

Ød+

1Ø

9

13.5 16

Ø7.2

Kegel 1:13.15

l1

Jung, cone 1:13.15 – G49

Ød

Ø10

1112

Kegel 1:10

Ø5.9l1

Jung, cone 1:10 – G50

M10

x1

1212

7

76

Ø9

l1

Threaded shank M10 x 1 – G51

Ordering example

■ AGD501-615. Holder G41 ■ Diameter ØD, length l and angle α on request where required




1Product spectrum

Diamond strip dressers ➜ Page 3-37 Advantages at a glance ■ Easy to handle ■ Cost-effective price-perfor-mance ratio

■ Wide range of applications

Recommended uses ■ For dressing/conditioning resin and ceramic-bonded CBN and diamond grinding wheels.

■ Strip dressers can be clamped on a magnetic table or in a vice.

■ Clamp carriage in Y-direction and travel transverse over the strip with X-travel at a feed rate of approx. 200 mm/min.

■ Depending on CBN/diamond grit size, use dressing infeed of 0.002 mm – 0.010

■ Generous coolant supply increases tool life and preserves the grinding wheel.

■ Resin-bonded grinding wheels need to be conditioned with a sharpening stone after the dressing procedure (removal of grinding grit).

Diamond strip dressersProduct overview


21Diamond strip dressers

■ For dressing/conditioning resin and ceramic-bonded CBN and diamond grinding wheels.

100

820

Use for gritGrit1)

[µm] Type

46 – 91 D126 16520

76 – 107 D181 04899

91 – 181 D251 04898

126 – 251 D356 04897

181 – 356 D426 16519


Ordering example for:Type 04894

■ Diamond strip dresser ■ D251 Type 04898

1) Other grit sizes on request

Diamond strip dressersStationary dressing tools


1Diamond manual dressers

Diamond manual dressers HAB ➜ Page 3-39 Advantages at a glance ■ High stability and rugged-ness

■ No service of any kind re-quired until fully used up

■ Low warehousing costs ■ High dressing performance, long tool life

■ Cost-effective ratio be-tween price and diamond content

Product features ■ Manually set natural needle diamonds or synthetic grit ■ Block-shaped diamond grit on HAB ■ Embedded in wear-resistant sintered metal ■ Diamond size and weight differs by type

Applications ■ Dressing grinding discs in corundum, white corundum, and silicon-carbide grit with ceramic and resin bond

■ On bench grinders and grinders without dresser

Application conditions ■ Eye protection is mandatory! ■ Position manual dresser on tool holder and guide along grinding wheel under light pressure.

Diamond manual dressersProduct overview


2

1Diamond manual dressers HAB

Description Type

■ For dressing grinding wheels ■ Diamond content: 1.0 carat + 2 carat ■ Manually set natural needles HAB 1 N

■ For dressing grinding wheels ■ Diamond content: 1.0 carat + 2 carat ■ Distributed synthetic grit

HAB 1 K

■ For grinding the circumference of grinding wheels

■ Diamond content: 1.0 carat + 2 carat ■ Manually set natural needles

HAB 2 N

■ For grinding the circumference of grinding wheels

■ Diamond content: 1.0 carat + 2 carat ■ Distributed synthetic grit

HAB 2 K

■ The ability to pivot the diamond plate by 180° supports dressing grinding wheels on the face as well as the circumference

HAB U(Holder)


■ Diamond content: 1.5 carat ■ Manually set natural needles

HAB U N(plate only)


■ Diamond content: 1.5 carat ■ Distributed synthetic grit

HAB U K(plate only)

■ For dressing grinding wheels with small dimensions and/or fine grit, and for rounding edges

■ Diamond content: 1.5 caratHAB 3

Ordering example

■ HAB 2 N, 2.0 carat

Diamond manual dressersStationary dressing tools


Single-point dressers with natural diamondProduct overview

Product spectrum

Single point dressers with natural diamonds ➜ Page 3-41 Advantages at a glance ■ Wide range of applications ■ Large selection ■ High-strength diamond point

Product features ■ Unmachined natural diamonds of various sizes and grades brazed to a steel shank.

■ Diamond sizes from 0.1 – 2.5 carat and more. ■ The diamond grade is an overall rating for factors such as lack of cracks, clarity, translucence, size of enclosures, and number of "healthy" points.

Grading classifications

Grade Number of "healthy" pointsA 5 – 61 3 – 42 2 – 33 1

Applications ■ Dressing grinding wheels in corundum, white corundum, and silicon-carbide grit with ceramic and resin bond.

■ On OD, ID, centerless, and surface grinders. ■ For sinking, pendulum, and profile grinding. ■ Diamond size and diameter should be in a cost-effective ratio.

Recommendations for selecting diamond sizes for single-point diamonds

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

200220

240

260

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200

180

0.25

- 0.

33 c

t

0.25

- 0.

33 c

t

1.50

- 2.

00 c

t

0.50

- 0.

75 c

t

0.75

- 1.

00 c

t

1.25

- 1.

50 c

t

1.00

- 1.

25 c

t

> 2.

00 c

t

Grinding wheel diameter

Grin

ding

whe

el w

idth

bs

When dressing very hard and rough grinding wheels, a dressing tool with the next-higher grade should be used.

Application conditions ■ Use short clamping length on dressing diamond and tighten securely.

■ Sufficient cooling increases the tool life of the diamond. ■ Dressing infeed 0.02 – 0.03 mm ■ Dressing feed rate 0.03 – 0.05 mm/R

■ Never allow the dull surface on the diamond to become tool large. Repeatedly rotate the holder around its axis by 90°, or enclose the tool.

■ Never grind into the holder or into the brazed bond (risk of dislodging the diamond).

■ Have tool enclosed when required.


Single-point dressers with natural diamondGuidelines for use

Single-use diamond dressersSingle use dressing diamonds with a diamond size of approximately 0.1 carat are a particularly cost-effective version for single point diamond dressers.

They are primarily used on small grinding wheels or wheels with a fine grit.

General informationThe most recent pricing and availability trends on the diamond world market has particularly strongly affected the stone sizes for single point diamond dressers.

Whenever possible, we therefore recommend switching to CVD diamond, MCD dressers, or multi-point diamond dressers, such as DIAROLL dresser blades, YA, VA, AGD, or HAB.

Guidelines for using single-point diamondsThe tool life of a single point diamond can be significantly extended when the following recommendations are observed:

1. The clamping length a (distance from the diamond point to the holder) should be as short as possible to counter-act destroying the diamond with vibrations.

2. The diamond tool should be angled at 10° to 15°. Frequently rotate the diamond by 90° as needed to ensure that a sharp edge is continuously created along the point.

3. When appropriate, the tool can also be angled at 15° in the transverse axis.

4. The slot planes and crystal growth direction can be specifically exploited (see image on right) to extend the tool life of a single point diamond by 30%. However, this is frequently not observed in practice.

ab

a = max. 2 x b

α

α = 10° – 15°

α

α = 10° – 15°

high resistance slot plane

α


1

2

Single-point dressers with natural diamondProduct overview

Overview - diamond sizes

Ordering example

■ Single point diamond dresser – 0.5 carat ■ 2. Grade ■ Shank No. 100 MK1


Diamond overview

Shape carat Grade Selection notesEA 0.25

A, 1, 2, 3

Product features see pages 3-40

EA 0.35

EA 0.5

EA 0.75

EA 1.0

Instructions for use see pages 3-40

EA 1.25

EA 1.5

EA 1.75

EA 2.00

Intermediate sizes available

Single-use diamond

Diamond overview

Shape carat Grade Selection notesEW 0.1 1 3-41


Single-point dressers with natural diamond


1Product spectrum

MCD single point dressers ➜ Page 3-45CVD diamond single point dressers ➜ Page 3-45

Advantages at a glanceAdvantages versus natu-ral single point diamond dressers

■ No enclosure, therefore maintenance-free

■ Constant effective width ■ Low internal stresses and free of inclusions

■ Uniform quality of the individual diamonds, e.g. no sorting

■ Consistent performance characteristics

Product features ■ MCD and CVD diamonds are shipped in the form of rods with square or rectangular cross sections (when request-ed).

■ The purchasing conditions for natural diamonds on the world market and the requirements for dressing have re-cently caused the demand for MCD and CVD to increase dramatically.

Applications ■ Dressing conventional corundum wheels, but primarily used for sintered corundum and silicon-carbide grinding wheels.

■ For controlled grinding processes

■ For CNC dressing (repeatable grinding conditions). ■ Used on OD, ID, centerless, and surface grinders in sink-ing, pendulum, and profile grinding operations.

Applications Application conditions

very hard

MCD

CVD

softopen closed

Har

dnes

s

Grain structure

■ Use short clamping length on dressing diamond and tighten securely

■ Sufficient cooling increases the tool life of the diamond ■ Dressing infeed 0.02 – 0.03 mm ■ Dressing feed rate 0.05 – 0.2 mm/R

Single point dressers with MCD and CVD diamondProduct overview


2

1Diamond dressers

Type MCD single point dressersDiamond cross-section

[mm]Suited for grinding wheel Ø

[mm] Type

0.4 x 0.4 x 4 100 – 150 MKDA 04-1

0.6 x 0.6 x 4 150 – 300 MKDA 06-1

0.8 x 0.8 x 4 300 – 500 MKDA 08-1

1.1 x 1.1 x 4 500 – 700 MKDA 11-1

Type CVD diamond single point dresserDiamond cross-section

[mm]Suited for grinding wheel Ø

[mm] Type

0.4 x 0.4 x 5 100 – 150 CVDA 04-1

0.6 x 0.6 x 5 150 – 300 CVDA 06-1

0.8 x 0.8 x 5 300 – 500 CVDA 08-1

1.1 x 1.1 x 5 500 – 700 CVDA 11-1

Ordering example

■ CVD diamond dresser CVDA 06-1 ■ Shank No. 100 MK1


MCD and CVD diamond single-point dressersStationary dressing tools


1Holder examples for single-point dressers

Code No.55

10

Ø12

.065

42

MK1

SW 11

Morse cone 1DIN 1820

100

45

Ø16

59

42

Ø12

.065

MK1

SW 14

Morse cone 1 with headDIN 1820

101

399 29

Ø9.

045

MK0

SW 8

Morse cone 0DIN 1820

102

31.545.5

29

Ø9.

045

MK0

SW 11

Morse cone 0 with headDIN 1820

103

19.523

Ø9

18

Ø7 Konus 1:20

Cone 1:20DIN 1820

104

Ø8

90

Deckel 107

Ø8

30

Cylindrical shank 108


Holder examples for single-point dressersStationary dressing tools


Code No.

19.5

Ø9

25

18

Ø7 Cone 1:20

SW8

Jung, cone 1:20 109

17.5

Ø9

23

16

Ø7.

2

Cone 1:13.15SW 8

Jung, cone 1:13.15GL = 23 mm

110

11.5

Ø9

17

10

Ø7.

2 Cone 1:13.15SW 8

Jung, cone 1:13.15GL = 17 mm

111

12

2

Ø7

17

11

Ø5.

9 Cone 1:10SW 6

Jung, cone 1:10 112

11.5

Ø9

Ø7

20.5

10

Ø7.

2 Cone 1:13.15SW 8

Jung, cone 1:13.15GL = 20.5 mm

113

Ød

Ø10

12

25

LandisØd = optionally 6 / 6.5 / 8 mm

116

Ø12

M8x

0.75

47

30

40

NilesM8 x 0.75

118

M10

x1

1212

88

SW 7

NilesM10 x 1

119




2

Code No.

Ø16Ø

14

76

30

SW 14

Kellenberger Ø16 120

Ø12

h7

9

24

SW 9

Okamoto Ø12 h7 121

Ø8.

7

Ø8

2531

Cone 1:50

SW 7

Voumard 1:50 122

2531

Ø8

Ø10

Ø8.

7

Cone 1:50

SW 9

Voumard 1:50 with head 123

M6

12830

Ø8

2°

SW 6

Agathon 124

19

Ø12

.065

SW 11

28

M6

Mk1 kurz

Morse cone 1, short 125

12

9.

045

25

32.7

MK0

8.900

Voumard Morse cone 0 125


Ordering example

■ Holder No. 122, Voumard 1:50





Product spectrumTriangular dressers with DIAPACT(PCD) ➜Page 3-51Triangular dressers with CVD diamond ➜Seite 3-52Holder examples for triangular dressers ➜Page 3-53

Benefits at a glance � Increased productivity due to better surface finish and improved dimensional accuracy of workpieces.

� Reduced dressing cycles due to reduced tool wear of dressing wheel.

Product featuresDue to its triangular shape, the dresser can be used several times without having to replace or rework it.

DIAPACT (PCD) dresser � Dresser with coarse grained, polycrystalline diamond layer with cobalt binder

CVD diamond dresser � Dresser with coarse-grained diamond layer without bind-

Application examplesDIAPACT (PCD) dressers are generally sufficient for most dressing processes; we recommend CVD diamond dressers for higher wear.

� Dressing wheels: aluminum oxide and silicon-carbide depending on hardness and structure.

� For ID, OD, and surface grinders � Up to wheel hardness 0 � Grain: 46 – 220 μm

Application conditions � Dresser work angle: 0° � Sufficient cooling increases the service life of the dresser. � Dressing advances up 0.50 mm possible.

� The feed rate depends on the width of the cutting edge, but is larger than on monocrystalline diamonds

Triangular dressersProduct Overview

1


2

1Triangular dressers with DIAPACT (PCD) � The TE version is generally sufficient. For very fine grain, the ground TG version can be used as an alternative in excep-tions.

� Holder examples ➜ Page 3-53Model TE – eroded version

IK Ø

3.95 R ±0.02

R[mm] Model

0 TE 000

0.125 TE 125

0.2 TE 200

0.25 TE 250

0.5 TE 500

Model TG – ground version

IK Ø

3.95 R ±0.02

R[mm] Model

0 TG 000

0.125 TG 125

0.2 TG 200

0.25 TG 250

0.5 TG 500


Ordering example for:Model: TE 125

� DIAPACT(PCD) dresser model TE 125 � Holder cylindrical No. 208

Other holders or radii to specification

Triangular dressers with DIAPACT (PCD)Standing dressing tools


11

2

Triangular dresser with CVD diamonds ■ Note: only the version TL (ground) is available for the CVD diamond version ■ Holder examples ➜ Page 3-53

Model TL – ground version

IK Ø

3.95 R ±0.02

R[mm] Model

0 TL 000

0.1 TL 100

0.125 TL 125

0.2 TL 200

0.25 TL 250

0.5 TL 500

Model TC – CVD film 0.8mm, ground versionNote: Used specifically for abrasive grinding wheels (SIC, Cubitron 2 etc.) or for high removal rates

IK Ø

3.95 R ±0.02

R[mm] Model

0 TC 000

0.1 TC 100

0.125 TC 125

0.2 TC 200

0.25 TC 250

0.5 TC 500


Ordering example for:Model: TL 125

� CVD diamond dresser model TL 125 � Holder cylindrical No. 210

Other holders or radii to specification

Triangular dresser with CVD diamondsStanding dressing tools


2

1Holder examples for triangular dressers

Clamp holder cylindrical

l1l2

Ød

Ød[mm]

l1[mm]

l2[mm] No.

8 15.5 45.5 208

10 15.5 45.5 210

12 15.5 45.5 212

Clamp holder Morse cone

Identifierl1

[mm]l2

[mm] No.

l1l2

29

MK0

Ø9.

045

Morse cone 0 15.5 46.5 201

l1l2

42

MK1

Ø12

.065

Morse cone 1 long 15.5 60.5 203

l1l2

19

MK1

Ø12

.065

Morse cone 1 short 15.5 37.5 204


Ordering example for:Clamp holder No. 203

� Clamp holder � Morse cone 1 long No. 203 for triangular dresser

Other holders to specification

Halterbeispiele für DreieckabrichterStanding dressing tools


1

2

Holders for triangular dressersStanding dressing tools

Holder Kellenberger grinders

Special-purpose holders grinding machinery

MachineAngle

αPurchase order number

8.300

Triangular dressers

Kellenberger 26357

150°

90°

Profile dresser

Triangular dresser

Kellenberger 26264

8.3

α

Triangular dresser

Triangular dresser

Kellenberger 70° 27521


Ordering example for:Holder 26264

� Holder 26264 � 2 triangular dresser model e.g. TE125 (starting on page3-51) � Profile dresser e.g. 40° R0.250 with shank Ø6x10 (starting on page3-61)



Holders for triangular dressersStanding dressing tools


Product spectrumHolder examples for profile dressers ➜ Page 3-57Profile dresser with new MCD diamonds ➜ Page 3-58 Benefits at a glance

� Stable lateral support in the setting

� Can be reground several times

� Tight tip angles up to 25° can be fabricated

� Consistent quality � Very good price/perfor-mance ratio

Product features � Shape-ground synthetic diamond brazed into steel shank. � Best price/performance ratio � Due to slim design, suitable for angles from 25°

� High availability � Low price fluctuations

Application examples � Profile dressing of grinding wheels with corundum, aluminum-oxide corundum, and silicon-carbide grain with ceramic and synthetic resin binder.

� On OD and surface grinders � For profile and plunge grinding

Application conditions � Clamp profile diamonds with short extension and tighten firmly.

� Sufficient cooling increases the service life of the dia-mond.

■ Dressing feed rate: 0.02 – 0.15 mm/R ■ Never grind into the holder or the sintered metal. ■ Regrind regularly.

NoteSince the availability of high-quality natural diamonds has declined significantly, we recommend switching to MCD profile diamonds.

Size comparison with natural diamond by indicating available angles and radii

MCD article available angles available radii comparison to natural diamond

T35 from 25° 0.000 to 0.500 0.35 caratT50 from 30° 0.000 to 0.500 0.50 carat

MCD profile dressersProduct Overview

1


2

1Holder for profile dressers

PD 40 PD 41

2442

Ø14

Ø12.065

19

M6

55°

Ø5

R0.2

2033

Ø8

f7

R0.2

Ø11

60°

Machine/System Modelα R

[mm] Machine/System Modelα R

[mm]Fortuna PD 40 55° 0.200 MSO PD 41 60° 0.200

PD 42 PD 43

3046

Ø14

27

MK1

M6

15

Ø5

Ø12.065

70°

R0.4

24(27)

Ø8

j6

30°

R0.0

Machine/System Modelα R

[mm] Machine/System Modelα R

[mm]Schaudt PD 42 70° 0.400 Aba PD 43 30° 0.000

PD 45 PD 47

l[mm]

Mod-el

35 S45.5 L57.8 X

Ø9.52

l

1.69

6.5

7 13.6α

R

Ø9

Ø5.

9

2212

Konus 1:10

R0.1

SW 750°

Machine/System Model

α(to specifica-

tion)

R[mm] Machine/System Model

α R[mm]

Diaform PD 45 30° – 60° 0.000 to 0.500 Jung RA 38-53 PD 47 50° 0.100

Selection - profile diamond

MCD profile diamond ➜ Page 3-58

Holder for MCD profile dressersStanding dressing tools


1

2

New profile dressers with MCD diamond � Other MCD profile diamonds on request, as indicated in the following table

Holder (details ➜ Page 3-57) Diamond

ModelMachine/ System

α R[mm] Identifier

PD 40 Fortuna 55° 0.200MKD-T35 PD 40 Fortuna 55/200MKD-T50 PD 40 Fortuna 55/200

PD 41 MSO 60° 0.200 MKD-T35 PD 41 MSO 60/200

PD 42 Schaudt 70° 0.400 MKD-T50 PD 42 Schaudt 70/400

PD 43 Aba 30° 0.000 MKD-T35 PD 43 Aba 30/000

PD 45(model S, L and X)

Diaform 30° – 60° 0.000 to 0.500MKD-T35 PD 45 DiaformMKD-T50 PD 45 Diaform

Choice of angle, radius, and length

PD 47 Jung, RA 38-53 50° 0.100 MKD-T35 PD 47 Jung RA 38-53 50/100

Ordering example

� MKD-T35 PD 45 Diaform 40/250 model L

MCD profile dressersStanding dressing tools


2

1MCD profile dressers

Standing dressing tools

Holder Kellenberger grinder

Special-purpose holders grinding machinery

MachinePurchase order number

150°

90°

Profile dresser

Triangular dresser

Kellenberger 26264



� Holder 26264 � 2 triangular dressers model e.g. TE125 (starting on page 3-57) � Profile dresser e.g. 40° R0.250 with shank Ø6x10



Product spectrum

Holder examples for profile dressers ➜ Page 3-61Profile dressers with natural diamonds ➜ Page 3-62Profile dressers with MCD diamonds ➜ Page 3-63Profile dressers with CVD diamonds ➜ Page 3-64

Advantages at a glance ■ Cost-effective alternative to dressing rolls

■ Wide range of applications ■ Regrindable

Product features ■ Shape-ground natural or synthetic diamonds sintered into steel shank.

■ Diamond sizes from 0.20 – 2.00 carat and more. ■ MCD and CVD diamonds with 1.1 mm cross section (Type 11-1), gable length approx. 1.5 mm or 1.4 mm (Type 14-1), gable length approx. 2 mm. Other cross sections on request

Roughing diamond dressers ■ Slim, unground natural triangular diamonds are also used for rough profiling. The holder dimensions are the same.

Applications ■ Profile dressing grinding wheels in corundum, white corundum, and silicon-carbide grit with ceramic and resin bond.

■ On OD and surface grinders ■ For profile and groove grinding operations

Application conditions ■ Use short clamping length on profile diamond dressers and tighten securely.

■ Sufficient cooling increases the tool life of the diamond.

■ Dressing feed rate 0.02 – 0.15 mm/R ■ Never grind into holder or the sintered metal. ■ Have reground regularly.

NoteThe most recent pricing trends on the diamond world market have particularly strongly affected the stone sizes for single point diamond dressers, which includes profile diamond dressers.

Whenever possible, we therefore recommend substituting MCD or CVD diamond dressers or multi-point diamond dressers such as DIAROLL or dresser blades.

Profile dressersProduct overview

1


2

1Holders for profile dressers

PD 40 PD 41

2442

Ø14

Ø12.065

19

M6

55°

Ø5

R0.2

2033

Ø8

f7

R0.2

Ø11

60°

Machine/system Typeα R

[mm] Machine/system Typeα R

[mm]Fortuna PD 40 55° 0.200 MSO PD 41 60° 0.000

PD 42 PD 43

3046

Ø14

27

MK1

M6

15

Ø5

Ø12.065

70°

R0.4

24(27)

Ø8

j6

30°

R0.0

Machine/system Typeα R

[mm] Machine/system Typeα R

[mm]Schaudt PD 42 70° 0.400 Aba PD 43 30° 0.000

PD 45 PD 47

l[mm] Type

35 S45.5 L57.8 X

Ø9.52

l

1.69

6.5

7 13.6α

R

Ø9

Ø5.

9

2212

Konus 1:10

R0.1

SW 750°

Machine/system Type

α(per specifica-

tion)

R[mm] Machine/system Type

α R[mm]

Diaform PD 45 30° – 60° 0.000 – 0.500 Jung RA 38-53 PD 47 50° 0.100

Selecting profile diamonds

Natural profile diamond dressers ➜ Page 3-62MCD profile diamond dressers ➜ Page 3-63CVD profile diamond dressers ➜ Page 3-64

Holders for profile dressersStationary dressing tools


1

2

Profile dressers with natural diamond ■ Other natural profile diamond dressers on request as indicated in the following table

Holders (details ➜ Page 3-61)

Type Machine/systemα R

[mm]Recommended diamond sizes

[carat]

PD 40 Fortuna 55° 0.2001.001.502.00

PD 41 MSO 60° 0,200

0.250.350.500.751.001.502.00

PD 42 Schaudt 70° 0.4001.001.502.00

PD 43 Aba 30° 0.0000.350.500.75

PD 45(Type S, L and X)

Diaform 30° – 60° 0.000 – 0.500

0.250.350.500.75

PD 47 Jung, RA 38-53 50° 0.100

0.250.350.500.75

Ordering example

■ Natural profile diamond PD 47 Jung, RA 38-53 50/100, 0.35 carat

Profile dressers with natural diamondStationary dressing tools

1


1

2

Profile dressers with MCD diamond ■ Other MCD profile diamond dressers on request as indicated in the following table

Holders (details ➜ Page 3-61) Diamond

TypeMachine/ system

α R[mm]

Gable length[mm] Code

PD 40 Fortuna 55° 0.2001.52.0

MKDP 11-1MKDP 14-1

PD 41 MSO 60° 0.2001.52.0

MKDP 11-1MKDP 14-1

PD 42 Schaudt 70° 0.4001.52.0

MKDP 11-1MKDP 14-1

PD 43 Aba 30° 0.0001.52.0

MKDP 11-1MKDP 14-1


Diaform 30° – 60° 0.000 – 0.5001.52.0

MKDP 11-1MKDP 14-1

PD 47 Jung, RA 38-53 50° 0.1001.52.0

MKDP 11-1MKDP 14-1

Ordering example

■ MCD profile diamond dresser PD 40 Fortuna 55/200, MKDP 14-1

Profile dressers with MCD diamondStationary dressing tools


1

2

Profile dressers with CVD diamond ■ Other CVD profile diamond dressers on request as indicated in the following table

Holders (details ➜ Page 3-61) Diamond

TypeMachine/ system

α R[mm]

Gable length[mm] Code

PD 40 Fortuna 55° 0.2001.52.1

CVDP 11-1CVDP 15-1

PD 41 MSO 60° 0,2001.52.1

CVDP 11-1CVDP 15-1

PD 42 Schaudt 70° 0,4001.52.1

CVDP 11-1CVDP 15-1

PD 43 Aba 30° 0.0001.52.1

CVDP 11-1CVDP 15-1


Diaform 30° – 60° 0.000 – 0.5001.52.1

CVDP 11-1CVDP 15-1

PD 47 Jung RA 38-53 50° 0.1001.52.1

CVDP 11-1CVDP 15-1

Ordering example

■ CVD profile diamond dresser PD 45 Diaform 40/250, CVDP 11-1 Type L

Profile dressers with CVD diamondStationary dressing tools


Profile dressers with CVD diamondStationary dressing tools


Product spectrum

DRESSING devices ➜ Page 3-67DRESSING units ➜ Page 3-67Accessories and spare parts ➜ Page 3-69

Advantages at a glance ■ Metallic sound absorbers ■ Stop dog for efficient and convenient exchange of dressing wheels

■ Used on surface and OD grinders

■ Compatible with all dress-ing wheels

■ Short setup times ■ Low space requirements

Product featuresApplications

■ Dressing CBN and diamond grinding wheels with resin and vitrified bonds and all corundum and silicon-carbide wheels in diameters ranging from 10 mm – 400 mm.

■ Retrofit on existing OD, ID, surface and tool grinders.

Cooling ■ As the hardest raw material, diamond is very heat-sen-sitive. As is the case with all dressing tools, WEISS DRESSERS should only be used with sufficient coolant supply. If this is not provided, the tool life of the diamond dressing wheel is dramatically reduced.

Accessories ■ Extensive accessories ➜ Page 3-69 ■ Clamping device for various machine types on request.

Reference values ■ Dressing infeed/pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002 – 0.005 mm ■ Dressing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 – 300 mm/min ■ Active width of dressing wheel . . . . . . 0.5 – 2.0 mm depending on dressing wheel type ■ Dressing wheel diameter . . . . . . . . . . 10 – 400 mm ■ Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vitrified/resin ■ Grit size CBN/diamond. . . . . . . . . . . . B/D46 – B/D251

WEISS DRESSERSProduct overview

1


21DRESSING devices

Description Type

WEISS DRESSING devices: ■ Incl. steel plate ■ Without brake and dressing unit

15001

DRESSING units

Selection of suitable dressing unit for machine type and grinding wheel typeGrinding wheel

Application Wheel type Grain size Diameter Width Dressing unit

■ Circumferential dressing of OD-ground parts

Corundum wheels 80 – 12020 – 400 200

Diamond dressing wheelType 15006Silicon-carbide wheels 80 – 120

CBN wheels, vitrified bond 46 – 181Corundum wheels 120 – 240

20 – 400 200Diamond dressing wheelType 15007Silicon-carbide wheels 120 – 240

CBN wheels, vitrified bond 181 – 251 ■ Circumferential dressing of OD-ground parts

■ Used for high-volume dress-ing operations

CBN wheels, resin bond 91 – 251 20 – 400 200Diamond dressing wheelType 15275

■ Dressing of ID-ground parts ■ Used for high-volume dress-ing operations

Corundum wheels 80 – 120

10 – 300 100Diamond dressing cupType 14259Silicon-carbide wheels 80 – 120

CBN wheels, vitrified bond 46 – 181

■ Dressing of ID-ground parts ■ Used for low to medium vol-ume dressing operations




■ OD and face dressing on OD-ground parts




CBN wheels, resin bond 91 – 251 20 – 400 200Diamond dressing cupType 15276

Diamond wheel dressersDescription Bond Grain size Type

Type 15006

Diamond dressing wheelØ35 x 2 x 7 D356

Metal bond D356 15006

Type 15007



Type 15275


Vitrified bond D181 15275


WEISS DRESSERSRotating dressing tools


Diamond dressing cupsDescription Bond Grain size Type

Type 14259

Diamond dressing cupØ16 x 3 x 7 D356


Type 11643


Electro-plated bond D426 11643

Type 15151



Type 15276


Vitrified bond D181 15276

See next page for accessories and spare parts, plus ordering example


3


3

4

Accessories and spare parts for DRESSERS

Description Comment Type

Pressure regulator PNEUMAX ■ ID thread R 1/4" ■ Max. pressure: 8 bar 13777

Noise damper ■ Metal version ■ With Type SFE wire mesh ■ 1/8" thread

15000

Flat cup magnet ■ Ø63 mm, H = 14 mm ■ 260 N for pressure regulator 13775

Slip-proof flat magnet ■ for pressure regulator ■ Ø66.5 mm with M5x7 thread 13776

Quick-Star connector ■ QSM-M5-6 ■ Straight coupling 12370

Locking pin ■ For WEISS DRESSERS 15005

M8 Mk1 Holder MK1 ■ For WEISS DRESSERS

■ Mounted on standard base plate 13639

12

80

M8 12 x 12 holder ■ For WEISS DRESSERS

■ Mounted on standard base plate 12266

Compressed air hose ■ For WEISS DRESSERS ■ Outside Ø6 mm 16517

Ordering example

■ WEISS DRESSER incl. steel plate Type 15001 ■ Diamond dressing wheel Ø35 x 2 x7 D181 vitrified bond Type 15275 ■ Pressure regulator PNEUMAX Type 13777 ■ Flat cup magnet for pressure regulator Ø63 Type 13775 ■ Compressed air hose for WEISS DRESSERS, length to specification Type 16517



21

Product features

Advantages at a glance ■ Easy to use ■ Layer can be reapplied ■ Lateral and face dressing possible

Product featuresApplication

■ OD grinder ■ Dressing resin and vitrified bond CBN and diamond wheels

Operation ■ Clamped between centers ■ Grinding wheel speed . . . . . . . . . . . .approx. 25 m/s – 30 m/s ■ Dressing shaft speed . . . . . . . . . .approx. 150 R/min ■ Dressing infeed: CBN wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.002 mm/pass DIAMOND wheels . . . . . . . . . . . .0.001 mm/pass

Attention ■ Good coolant supply during the dressing process dramati-cally extends the tool life of the dressing tool . On resin-bonded CBN and diamond wheels, the grinding layer on the wheel needs to be opened with corundum stone after the dressing operation

Dressing shaft for CBN and diamond wheels

160

Ø25

h7

20

Ø50

DimensionShaft[mm]

Diamond layer[mm]

Grain size[µm] Type

Ø30 x 160 Ø50 x 16 D301 14612

Ordering example

■ Dressing shaft D301, Type 14612

Other grain sizes on request

Dressing shaft for CBN and diamond wheelsRotating dressing tools


Dressing shaft for CBN and diamond wheelsRotating dressing tools


Product spectrumInsert dressers with DIAPACT(PCD) ➜ Page 3-73Holder examples for insert dressers ➜ Page 3-75 Benefits at a glance

� Used when space is tight � Can be used for highly-de-tailed contours

� Simple swap system

Product features � Diamond blanks brazed onto carbide ISO insert holders � Can be reground or reeroded

Application examples � DIAPACT (PCD) dressers are generally used for most dressing processes. For increased wear, we recommend the CVD diamond version.

� Corundum and silicon-carbide wheels � OD grinders � Machine tool grinders � Up to wheel hardness 0 � Grain 46 - 220

Type identifier: A050 - DIAPACT (PCD) version A060 - CVD diamond version

Application conditions � Dresser work angle: 0° � Sufficient cooling increases the service life of the dresser. � Dressing feed rate: 0.01 - 0.03 mm

� Dressing speed: 0.05 - 0.2 mm/R

DIAPAKT (PCD) Diamond Insert DressersProduct Overview

1


2

1Insert dressers with DIAPACT (PCD) � Holder examples ➜ Page 3-75

Type WA

a

R

a R[mm] Model

25°

0 WA25-000 A0..

0.125 WA25-125 A0..

0.2 WA25-200 A0..

0.25 WA25-250 A0..

15°

0 WA15-000 A0..

0.125 WA15-125 A0..

0.2 WA15-200 A0..

0.25 WA15-250 A0..

8°

0 WA8-000 A0..

0.125 WA8-125 A0..

0.2 WA8-200 A0..

0.25 WA8-250 A0..


Available versionsDIAPACT

(PCD)CVD diamond

Order code A050 A060

Availability ❍ ❍

❍ For inquiries, please indicate desired delivery date

Ordering example for:Model: WA25-200 A050

� dd.mm.yy (request date)

Other versions on request

Insert dressers with DIAPACT (PCD)Standing dressing tools


11

2

Insert holders model "Kellenberger" � Note: Holders work in Kellenberger machinery

Model WAHK....

26

a

l

a[mm] Model

25° WAHK 25

15° WAHK 15

8° WAHK 8


Ordering example for:Model: WAHK 15

More holders on request

Insert dresser holderStanding dressing tools


2

1Holder examples for insert dressers

Clamp holder cylindrical

dl2

l1

Ød[mm]

Anglea

l1[mm]

l2[mm] Model

8

25°

26 56

WAHZ-8-25

15° WAHZ-8-15

8° WAHZ-8-8

10

25°

26 56

WAHZ-10-25

15° WAHZ-10-15

8° WAHZ-10-8

12

25°

26 56

WAHZ-12-25

15° WAHZ-12-15

8° WAHZ-12-8

Clamp holder Morse coneIdentifier Angle

al1

[mm]l2

[mm]Model

l2

l1 29

9.04

5

MK0 Morse cone 0

25°

26 56

WAH-MK0-25

15° WAH-MK0-15

8° WAH-MK0-8

l2

l1 42

12.0

65

MK1 Morse cone 1 long

25°

26 70

WAH-MK1L-25

15° WAH-MK1L-15

8° WAH-MK1L-8

l2

l1 19

12.0

65

MK1 Morse cone 1 short

25°

26 47

WAH-MK1K-25

15° WAH-MK1K-15

8° WAH-MK1K-8


Ordering example for:Clamp holder WAHZ-10-25

� Insert clamp holder Ø10 for dresser insert 25°

More holders on request

Holder examples for insert dressersStanding dressing tools


1

2

Holder Kellenberger grinder

Special-purpose holders grinding machinery R

β

8.3

α

Insert holder

Indexable insert dressers

Indexable insert dressers

MachineAngle

αAngle

βInsert dressers

ModelPurchase order number

Kellenberger 70°

25° WAH-25 26357-WAH25

15° WAH-15 26357-WAH15



� Holder 26357 � 2 insert dressers e.g. model WA25-125 A050 (starting on page3-73)


Holders for insert dressersStanding dressing tools


Holders for insert dressersStanding dressing tools


Product spectrum

M-Dresser types ➜ Page 3-79Advantages at a glance

■ Easy to use ■ Best price/performance ratio

■ Extremely short dressing cycles

■ Dressing on machine → best possible run-out

■ Machinery-preserving dressing operation

Product features ■ Easy to use ■ No subsequent conditioning of wheels required ■ Short dressing cycles - low grinder downtime

Applications ■ For dressing diamond and CBN grinding wheels ■ OD grinders ■ Tool grinders ■ ID grinding ■ Up to concentration C100 ■ Ceramic and resin-bonded grinding wheels ■ Not suited for metallic bonds

Application conditions ■ Normal grinding passes over the corresponding dresser ■ Sufficient cooling increases the tool life of the dresser.

M-DressersProduct overview

Dressing parameters

Wheel sizemm

Infeed depthmm

Cutting speedWheel

Carriage speed Carriage travel:Transverse

170 0.005 10 m/sup to

13 m/s

10 m/minup to

15 m/min

200 mm/min up to

300 mm/min270 0.004400 0.002

1


2

1Dressing diamond and CBN grinding wheels

Dressing tools

M-Dressers

Shape Application DimensionsW x H x L

Type Article No.B

L

H

Surface grinding

24 x 15 x 100 MDW 1 22176

24 x 23 x 155 MDW 2 22177

24 x 23 x 220 MDW 3 22178

L

ØB

H

OD grinding

Ø30 x 20 x 80 MDW 4 22179

Ø30 x 30 x 130 MDW 5 22180

ØH

L

ØB

ID grinding

Ø30 x 12 x 20 MDW 6 22181

Ø48 x 24 x 20 MDW 7 22182

Ø70 x 40 x 20 MDW 8 22183

ØH

L

ØB

Tool grinding

20 x Ø11 x 55 MDW 9 22184

B

L

H

Lateral surface grinding

45 x 15 x 90 MDW 10 22185

ØB

L

H

Universal grinding

Ø11 x 20 x 50 MDW 11 22186


Ordering example for:M-Dresser

■ M-Dresser MDW1 Art: 22176

Other M-Dressers on request


Diamond and CBN grinding wheels ■ Shape overview and applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 ■ Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 ■ Tool grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 ■ Surface grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 ■ Profile grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 ■ ID grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 ■ Grinding pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 ■ OD grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 ■ Cut-off grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 ■ Groove grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 ■ Special-purpose versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 ■ Questionnaire for specifying diamond and CBN wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Corundum and silicon-carbide wheels ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 ■ Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 ■ Shapes and profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 ■ Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 ■ Grinding application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 ■ Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

■ Grinding agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 ■ Grain size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 ■ Hardness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 ■ Grain structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 ■ Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

■ Warehoused product range/Germany . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 ■ Bench grinder wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 ■ Tool grinding wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 ■ Surface grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 ■ Saw sharpening wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

4GrindingSection overview


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsShape overview and applications

Shape overview and applications

Application

Wheel typeTool grinding

Clearance surfacesTool grindingChip grooves

Tool grindingCutting surface

4A2 ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13

12A2-20° ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13

12A2-45° ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13

11V9 ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13 ➜ 4-13

11A2 ➜ 4-15 ➜ 4-15 –

6A2 ➜ 4-15 ➜ 4-15 –

9A3 ➜ 4-15 ➜ 4-15 –

6A9 ➜ 4-15 ➜ 4-15 –

12V9 – – ➜ 4-17

12V2 – – ➜ 4-17

4ET9 – – ➜ 4-12

4BT9 – – ➜ 4-17


Application

Wheel typeGroove grinding

Cut-off grinding OD grinding ID grinding

Profile grinding

Surface grinding

1FF1 – – – – ➜ 4-23 –

14F1 – – – – ➜ 4-23 –

14EE1 – – – – ➜ 4-23 –

14V1 – – – – ➜ 4-23 –

6A2 – – – – – ➜ 4-19

6A9 – – – – – ➜ 4-19

1A1 – – ➜ 4-29 ➜ 4-25 – ➜ 4-21

14A1 ➜ 4-33 – ➜ 4-29 – – ➜ 4-21

1A1W – – – ➜ 4-27 – –

1A1R ➜ 4-33 ➜ 4-31 – – – –

3A1 ➜ 4-33 ➜ 4-31 – – – –

Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsShape overview and applications


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsIntroduction

IntroductionSection 1The first part of this section explains the most important characteristics, features and effects of the individual wheel components. This will give users more knowledge and a better understanding of making purposeful, cost-effective use of diamond and CBN grinding wheels.

Section 2The second section then describes the various wheel types and dimensions and the recommended uses for diamond and CBN grinding wheels.

Characteristics of diamond and CBN►Because of its high hardness, diamond is ideally suited for machining materials with short chips, such as carbide, ceramics, glass, stone, etc. However, its sensitivity to heat along with its chemical reaction to iron in the range of typical machining temperatures limit the use of diamond to non-ferrous materials.

►CBN on the other hand is ideally suited for machining materials with long chips, such as tool steels, HSS, high-al-loy steels, etc. in the hardened state with at least 45 HRC. The good heat-resistance of CBN in combination with its high hardness are essential for cost-effective grinding in the range of the higher machining temperatures for these steels.

Physical propertiesThe various physical properties are shown in the following tables and figures:

Physical properties

►Diamond ►CBN

Density g/cm³ 3.52 3.47

HardnessKnoopMohs

7,00010

4,7009.9

Max. heat resistance °C 650 1,400

Knoop hardness [kp/mm²] Heat resistance [°C]

21002500

4700

7000

2000

12001400

650

Al 2O

3

Al 2O

3

SiC ►CBN

►CBN

►Diamond

►Diamond

Si C

The following becomes apparent:Although diamond is significantly harder than CBN, its low heat resistance requires sufficient cooling to keep the tempera-ture in the zone of the machining process as low as possible.While the high temperatures generated when machining materials with long chips have no negative impact on CBN, cooling is nevertheless advantageous in this case as well.

ApplicationsThe table on the right shows the materials conventionally machined with diamond and CBN.Unfortunately, a common mistake is to use the wrong grain type to machine a material. The results are accordingly unsatisfactory.

Applications►Diamond ►CBN

■ Carbide ■ Carbide/steel composite ■ Ceramics ■ Glass ■ Stone ■ Concrete ■ Hard plastics

A minimum hardness of HRC 45 applies to all materials.

■ Tool steel ■ HSS ■ High-alloy steels ■ Ball-bearing steel ■ Chrome steel ■ Cobalt and nickel-based steel


Definition of a grinding wheelDiamond and CBN wheels consist of a plastic, aluminum, or steel body that is bonded to the actual grinding layer. The body and layer have different shapes and dimensions. There are also various options of positioning the layer rela-tive to the body.Our codes follow FEPA specifications as the international-ly respected and accepted standard. The FEPA standard takes nearly all conventional wheel types into account.An overview of our standard product range as per FEPA standard is shown on page 4-6 . Other shapes and di-mensions on request.

Examples for defining a grinding wheel

Wheel type

Wheel diameter D

Layer width

Layer thickness

Bore H as specified

Bond

Concentration

Grain size

Grinding agent

6A2 125 — 15 — 4 — 20

D 126 C75 B

➜ Page 4-7

➜ Page 4-7

➜ Page 4-6

➜ Page 4-5

Wheel typesThe correct wheel type is normally determined by the shape and dimensions of the workpiece, as well as the machinery and the machining process.However, if a cup or disc wheel can be used, a cup wheel is preferred due to the higher stability. Disc wheels are more sensitive to vibrations.

A large contact surface is created between the workpiece and the wheel during face grinding operations. This distrib-utes the grinding pressure and the grinding work to a large number of grinding particles. Compared to circumferential grinding, this creates a better surface finish, increases pro-ductivity, and lowers costs as a result.

Grinding agentWe have selected the six most commonly used grain types from the large number of different diamond and CBN grains. These are shown on the table on the right.Grinding wheels with a nickel-coated diamond or CBN grain generally have a longer tool life and hold their profile longer, but do not have the same cutting performance as un-coated grain.

Grinding agent typePlastic bond

Metal bond

►D

iam

ond

D ■ Synthetic diamond ■ Un-coated ✓ ✓

DG ■ Synthetic diamond ■ Un-coated

– ✓

DK ■ Synthetic diamond ■ Copper-coated ✓ –

DN ■ Synthetic diamond ■ Nickel-coated ✓ –

►C

BN B ■ CBN

■ Nickel-coated ✓ –

BM ■ CBN ■ Un-coated

– ✓



Grain sizeDetermining grain sizeOn D (diamond) grain and B (CBN) grains, the grain size is specified in μm in accordance with the FEPA standard. For instance, this means that the maximum grain diameter for D126 is 0.126 mm.The table on the right also includes the US ASTM (mesh) standard, which specifies the mesh count per inch for the sorting mesh.

Grain size[μm] WEISS FEPA

USA stdASTM E 11

DIN ISO 6106

425 – 300 427 427 40/50 D 350250 – 180 252 252 60/80 –180 – 150 181 181 80/100 D 180150 – 125 151 151 100/120 D 140125 – 106 126 126 120/140 D 110106 – 90 107 107 140/170 D 9090 – 75 91 91 170/200 D 9075 – 63 76 76 200/230 D 6563 – 53 64 64 230/270 D 5553 – 45 54 54 270/325 D 4545 – 38 46 46 325/400 D 45

Micro grains for finish grinding and lapping30 – 40 D 40

– – –

20 – 30 D 2510 – 20 D 158 – 15 D 105 – 10 D 74 – 8 D 52 – 4 D 31 – 2 D 1< 1 D 0.7

Selecting the grainThe grain should be selected as large as the surface finish of the workpiece permits. Generally, the finer the grain, the lower the removal rate and the shorter the tool life of the wheel (see figure on right).It is important to note that not only the grain size influences the surface finish of the workpiece, but also the stability of the machine, the cutting parameters, as well as the size of the contact surface.

Machining speed

D 252D 126

Grin

ding

ratio

G [m

m³/m

m³]

Relationship of grain size to grain countFiner grain sizes are recommended for high edge and pro-file holding requirements. The finer the grain size, the higher the number of grains per carat (1 carat = 0.2 g).

Grain size[μm]

Grain count per carat

427 2,100181 10,400151 19,00091 83,00054 420,00046 620,000



ConcentrationThe characteristics of the grinding wheel can be modified by the grain count. The FEPA standard specifies the grain count for diamond and CBN in concentration. A concentra-tion of C 100 corresponds to 4.4 carat (1 carat = 0.2 g) grain per cm³ layer volume. This corresponds to approx. 25% grinding agent.In order to keep the price of the wheel as low as possible, the concentration is frequently selected too low. This reduc-es the edge and profile holding capability. The individual grinding grains break free from the binder too soon, increas-ing wear and resulting in unsatisfactory cost efficiencies.The following table shows a schematic representation of the various concentrations:

low medium highConcentration C 25 – C 50 C 75 – C 100 C 125 – C 150Carat/cm³ 1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4 5.5 6.6approx. Vol. % 16 13 19 25 31 37

Determining the concentrationSome of the most important criteria are designed to simplify determining the concentration:

■ Low concentration C 25 to C 50 ■ Large layer width ■ Fine grain size

■ Medium concentration C 75 to C 100 ■ General OD and surface grinding ■ Tool grinding ■ Soft bonds

■ High concentration C 125 to C 150 ■ Rough grain structure ■ Good edge and profile holding characteristics ■ Hard bond

Bond typesThe bond is yet another component that materially influ-ences the performance of a grinding wheel. The purpose of the bond is to provide optimum support for the grinding grain under the respective conditions, while also providing sufficient clearance for the generated chips.

There are 4 available bond types: ■ Plastic bond ■ Metal bond ■ Vitrified bond ■ Electro-plated bond

Plastic bondThe most common bond for diamond and CBN wheels is the plastic bond. OD, ID, surface grinding, as well as nearly all tool grinding operations are predominantly performed with plastic-bonded wheels. This bond combines very good properties, such as good grinding performance, low grinding pressure, low heat buildup, long tool life and low price. All these result in high cost efficiencies.The table on the right shows our plastic bonds by machining method and wheel type.

Plastic bond

Applications

Wet grind-

ingDry

grinding►Dia-mond ►CBN

B B All wheel types ✓ ✓

B2A B3OD wheelse.g. 1A1, 14A1 ✓ –

B3A B3 Cup and disc wheels ✓ –B4 B3 Cut-off wheels ✓ –B6 B6 Profile wheels ✓ –

B2A B3 ID grinding ✓ –

EB9 – For grain sizes from D 40 to D 64 ✓ –

B7 – For grain sizes small-er than D 40 ✓ –

– B8

Tool grinding with cup and disc wheels, very good grinding performance

– ✓



Metal bondMetal bonds are most frequently based on bronze com-pounds. Its particular advantages include good edge and profile holding, and it is most cost-effectively used for grind-ing ceramics, glass, stone, concrete, etc. in a wet grind.The metal bond is most effectively used for grinding metallic materials in profile and creep-feed grinding operations. The table on the right shows our metal bonds by machining method and wheel type.

Metal bondApplications

Wet grinding►Diamond ►CBN

M 27 M 27 All wheel types and operations ✓

M 26 M 26 All wheel types, but softer than M 27 ✓

M 52 M 52 Profile wheels harder than M 27 ✓

M 6 – For grinding chip breakers and similar in carbides ✓

Vitrified bondThe vitrified bond is predominantly used in combination with CBN grains to machine materials with long chips. This bond provides more chip clearance for long chips than the bonds described above. Yet another positive features of the vitrified bond is that it is easier to dress than plastic or metal bonds. Generally speaking, the same dressing methods used for ceramic wheels in aluminum-oxide or silicon-carbide apply.Vitrified bond wheels are predominantly used for high-volume production. The choice of composition should be made together with one of our technical advisors.

Electro-plated bondThe electro-plated bond involves bonding the diamond or CBN grain to an electro-plated nickel surface on the substrate. This bond is very open, grinds aggressively, and in combination with the correct grain selection is suited for grinding steel, carbide, glass, ceramics, and plastics. Electro-plated bonds are generally applied in a single layer. This means the layer thickness approximately corresponds to the grain diameter and can therefore not be dressed or reprofiled when dull. However, re-layering is a cost-effective option on larger wheels.

Dimensions of a grinding wheelWith regard to its performance, the dimensions of a grinding wheel are of equal importance as the grinding agent, grain size, and bond.Wheel diameterThe wheel diameter should be made as large as possible in consideration of the recommended cutting speed.

Layer widthThe layer width is of great significance with regard to perfor-mance and productivity. For surface and OD grinding with wheels of type 1A1 or 14A1, the layer width is directly relat-ed to the chip removal rate per unit of time. The stability of the workpiece, the clamping device and machinery, as well as the performance of the machinery itself limit the layer width. When face grinding with wheels of types 12A2, 11V9, 6A9 etc. we recommend using a relatively narrow layer.Note the following rule of thumb:

Large layer width Small layer widthFine surface finish Rougher surface finish

Longer tool life Shorter tool lifeHigher grinding pressure Lower grinding pressureGreater heat generation Lower heat generation

Depth of cutWhen grinding tools, the layer width should be significantly smaller than the depth of cut of the wheel on the tool tip. The figure on the right illustrates this point.



Layer thicknessThe thickness of the layer has no material influence on grinding performance. The only important aspect is how a wheel is used and how frequently it is used. Since the fixed manufacturing costs are independent of the layer thickness, a layer thickness of e.g. 6 mm therefore results in a significantly lower price per mm versus a 1 mm layer thickness. If wheel consumption is high, the most cost-effec-tive approach is therefore to work with the largest possible layer thickness. Smaller layer thicknesses should be used when there is a risk that the wheel could fracture as a result of inappropriate uses.

Assembly and "grinding in" a grinding wheelThe tool life and cost-efficiency of a diamond or CBN wheel is materially affected by careful installation and grinding-in for larger wheels. We recommend observing the following points:Installation on a flange

■ The flange should be in good condition and have de-fect-free axial and radial run-out on the grinding shaft.

■ Lightly tighten the wheel on the flange and check axial and radial run-out.

■ The axial and radial run-out of the layer must not exceed 0.02 mm. The wheel should only be securely tightened on the flange after these values have been achieved (or better).

■ Double-check axial and radial run-out after the adjust-ment.

Wheel balancing ■ Depending on the weight, wheels should be balanced starting at diameter 150 and larger. Careful static wheel balancing is sufficient in most cases.

■ Wheel balancing is not mandatory on smaller wheels, but is nevertheless advantageous.

■ The better a wheel is balanced, the better the grinding result and the better the cost efficiencies.

We recommend leaving a wheel prepared in this manner on the flange for its entire tool life.

Balancing a wheel



Dressing and conditioningAfter having been mounted on a flange and balanced, the wheel should be dressed for full axial and radial run-out of the layer.

►DiamondDiamond wheels are best dressed with an inhibited sili-con-carbide wheel. Using this approach, the bond is ground until the wheel has the desired shape. For this purpose, the inhibited dressing wheel is clamped to the magnetic plate at an approximate angle of 15 degrees to the diamond wheel. During the approach travel, the dressing wheel needs to be turned by hand until the diamond wheel engages and starts driving the wheel. The infeed per pass should be approx. 0.01 to 0.03 mm, and needs to be repeated until the diamond wheel exhibits absolute axial and radial run-out across the entire OD and face. Following these steps, plas-tic-bond wheels are ready for immediate use. Metal-bond wheels need to conditioned with a fine-grained, soft honing stone before first use.

Cup and disc wheels can also be dressed and conditioned under medium pressure with a circular hand motion on a steel plate that has 80 – 120 µm grit silicon-carbide spread across its surface. When using this method, the parallelity of the layer to the contact surface of the wheel is particularly important.

Dressing with an inhibited silicon-carbide wheel

►CBNCBN wheels can be dressed using several methods:A. With inhibited silicon-carbide wheels, in the same man-

ner as diamond wheels (see above).B. With diamond abrasive unit AGD 91 or AGD 126 with

sufficient coolant supply. The infeed per pass should be approx. 0.002 mm to 0.003 mm at a high dressing feed rate.

C. With a driven, metal-bond diamond wheel with sufficient coolant supply.

D. With a soft steel plate, e.g. St 37 or St 50. Clamp steel plate to magnet; draw the wheel across the steel plate in axial direction at low coolant supply and an infeed of 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm. However, this method only applies to plastic-bond wheels. A wheel prepared in this manner is also already conditioned.

If a CBN wheel was dressed with one of three first methods, the wheel bond must be subsequently conditioned. Ensure that the individual grinding grains are distinctly raised from the layer to ensure that sufficient chip clearance is available.

Conditioning the bond

Dressed but not conditioned After conditioning

Conditioning can be achieved with the following methods: ■ With a fine grained, soft aluminum-oxide honing stone in conjunction with coolant supply. If no cooling is available, place the honing stone into water for 5 minutes before the procedure.

■ With a polybond dressing stone without coolant. ■ With a soft steel tool as described under item D.

Note: Ensure that the wheels do not "cake up" during the grinding process. The grinding grain should always protrude from the layer.



Checklist for grinding problemsThe ground surface is too rough

■ Check axial and radial run-out of the grinding layer ■ Reduce infeed and feed rate ■ Use a wheel with finer grain size and/or wider layer width ■ Is the wheel properly balanced?

Tool life is too low ■ Check cutting speed; adhere to specified values ■ Check workpiece stability and clamping ■ Is the wheel sufficiently stable? ■ Does the coolant actually reach the grinding zone? ■ Does the coolant have the specified concentration? ■ Reduce infeed and feed rate ■ Select a harder wheel

Wheel cutting performance is inadequate ■ Check cutting speed; adhere to specified values ■ Reduce chip volume (infeed and feed rate) ■ Select a softer wheel ■ Check workpiece stability and clamping ■ Is the wheel sufficiently stable? ■ Does the coolant actually reach the grinding zone? ■ Does the coolant have the specified concentration?



1Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsTool grinding

Tool grinding with ►Diamond

ApplicationsCutting surfacesChip breakersClearance surfaces

Recommended compositionWheel shape Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel

4A2 D 91 C 50 B D 91 C 75 B D 91 C 100 B

12A2-20° D 91 C 50 B D 91 C 75 B D 91 C 100 B

12A2-45° D 91 C 50 B D 91 C 75 B D 91 C 100 B

11V9 D 126 C 50 B D 126 C 75 B D 126 C 100 B

Bond ■ B . . . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B3A . . . only for wet grinding

More bonds ➜ Page 4-7

Wheel shapeIf sufficient space is available, cup wheels (11V9 or 12A2-45°) should be preferred over disc wheels (4A2 or 12A2-20°).

The stability of a wheel plays an important role with regard to its grinding properties. Due to its shape, a disc wheel, such as 4A2 or 12A2-20° is "softer" than a comparable cup wheel, such as 11V9 or 12A2-45° .A softer composition is recommended for cup wheels .

Wheel dimensions ■ Diameter D As large as possible, while observing the recommended cutting speed v.

■ Width W or X The wider the layer, the softer the composition should be. However, the layer width must be narrower than the infeed depth of the cutting surface to be ground (➜ Page 4-8).

Cutting parameters ■ Cutting speed V

■ Dry grinding: 10 – 15 m/s ■ Wet grinding: 15 – 20 m/s

■ Feed rate s and infeed a must be adjusted to the machining conditions .

Tool grinding with ►CBN

ApplicationsCutting surfacesChip breakersClearance surfaces


4A2 B 126 C 50 B8 B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 100 B8

12A2-20° B 126 C 50 B8 B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 100 B8

12A2-45° B 126 C 50 B8 B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 100 B8

11V9 B 126 C 50 B8 B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 100 B8

Bond ■ B . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B3 . .only for wet grinding ■ B8 . .only for wet grinding, very good grinding performance


Wheel shapeIf sufficient space is available, cup wheels (11V9 or 12A2-45°) should be preferred over the less stable disc wheels (4A2 or 12A2-20°).

The stability of a wheel plays an important role with regard to its grinding properties. Due to its shape, a disc wheel, such as 4A2 or 12A2-20° is "softer" than a comparable cup wheel, such as 11V9 or 12A2-45°.A softer composition is recommended for cup wheels .



Cutting parameters ■ Cutting speed V: 25 – 35 m/s Note: lower cutting parameters result in increased wheel wear and degradation of the surface finish.



1

2

Tool grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 4A2

X

WH

D

T 15°

J

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, and 4Bore H [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–X

[mm]J

[mm]

75 3 / 5 6 42 4A2

100 3 / 5 6 66 4A2

125 4 / 6 7 84 4A2

150 4 / 6 9 94 4A2

Shape 11V9

H

70°

J

K

10

D

T

UX

Layer thickness X [mm]: 1.5, 2, and 3Bore H [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]K

[mm]J

[mm]

75 6 / 10 30 40 53 11V9

100 6 / 10 35 55 75 11V9

125 6 / 10 40 75 96 11V9

150 6 / 10 50 90 114 11V9

Shape 12A2 | S = 20°

H

20°

J

K

T

D

X

W

E


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–X

[mm]E

[mm]K

[mm]J

[mm]

75 3 / 6 / 10 8 5 33 37 12A2-20°

100 3 / 6 / 10 10 6 50 51 12A2-20°

125 3 / 6 / 10 14 8 54 54 12A2-20°

150 3 / 6 / 10 16 9 68 68 12A2-20°

175 6 / 10 18 10 82 82 12A2-20°

Shape 12A2 | S = 45°

H

45°

J

K

E

T

D

X

W


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–X

[mm]E

[mm]K

[mm]J

[mm]

75 3 / 6 / 10 20 9 37 41 12A2-45°

100 3 / 6 / 10 23 10 54 56 12A2-45°

125 6 / 10 / 15 23 10 79 81 12A2-45°

150 6 / 10 / 15 23 10 94 106 12A2-45°

175 6 / 10 / 15 25 12 123 131 12A2-45°

Ordering examples

■ CBN wheel 4A2 125–6–3–20 B 126 C 100 B8

■ Diamond wheel 11V9 100–1 .5–10–20 D 126 C 75 B

■ CBN wheel 12A2-20° 125–6–4–20 B 91 C 75 B

■ Diamond wheel 12A2-45° 100–10–4–20 D 91 C 75 B

1) Other dimensions on request

Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsTool grinding


1Tool grinding with ►Diamond

ApplicationsClearance surfacesChip breakers

Recommended compositionLayer width

[mm] Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel≤ 3 D 126 C 50 B D 126 C 75 B DK 126 C 100 B

4 to 8 D 126 C 50 B D 126 C 75 B DK 126 C 100 B

> 8 D 126 C 50 B D 126 C 75 B DK 126 C 100 B

Composition DG 126 C 75 M 27 is recommended for free-handed grinding .A hard wheel results in good tool life for a small contact surface between the disc and the workpiece. Conversely, a large contact surface is better for a softer wheel . Any compositions results in a softer grind by selecting a lower concentration .

Bond ■ B . . . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B3A . . . only for wet grinding ■ M27 . . . for free-handed to wet grinding



■ Width W or X The wider the layer, the softer the composition should be. However, the layer width must be narrower than the infeed depth of the cutting surface to be ground (➜ Page 4-8) .





ApplicationsClearance surfacesChip breakers


[mm] Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel≤ 3 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 100 B3

4 to 8 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 100 B3

> 8 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 100 B3

A hard wheel results in good tool life for a small contact surface between the disc and the workpiece. Conversely, a large contact surface is better for a softer wheel . Any compositions results in a softer grind by selecting a lower concentration .

Bond ■ B . . . . .for dry and wet grinding ■ B3 . . . .only for wet grinding ■ B8 . . . . only for wet grinding, very good grinding

performanceMore bonds ➜ Page 4-7







1

2


Shape 6A2

H

E

T

D

XW

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, 4, and 6Bore H [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–X

[mm]E

[mm]50 3 / 5 20 10 6A275 3 / 5 / 10 20 10 6A2

100 5 / 10 / 12 / 15 23 10 6A2125 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 23 10 6A2150 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 / 25 23 10 6A2175 6 / 10 / 15 / 20 / 25 25 13 6A2200 10 / 15 / 20 / 25 25 13 6A2250 10 / 15 / 20 / 25 25 13 6A2300 20 / 25 30 15 6A2350 25 35 18 6A2

Shape 9A3

H

D

X

W

ET


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–2X[mm]

E[mm]

100 6 / 8 / 10 22 10 9A3

125 6 / 8 / 10 22 10 9A3

150 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 25 / 35 14 9A3

175 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 25 / 35 14 9A3

200 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 30 18 9A3

Shape 6A9 – layer internally supported

H

E

T

DX

K

U

Layer thickness X [mm]: 1.5, and 3Bore H [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]E

[mm]K

[mm]75 6 / 10 25 10 60 6A9

100 6 / 10 30 10 80 6A9

125 6 / 10 30 10 110 6A9

150 6 / 10 35 10 135 6A9

200 6 / 10 35 13 175 6A9

250 6 / 10 50 20 225 6A9

Shape 11A2

H

J

10

T

D

X

W

70°

K


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–X

[mm]K

[mm]J

[mm]

75 3 / 6 / 10 20 48 63 11A2

100 6 / 10 / 15 23 55 68 11A2

125 6 / 10 / 15 23 98 110 11A2

150 6 / 10 / 15 23 110 135 11A2

Ordering examples

■ Diamond wheel 6A2 150–20–6–40 D 126 C 75 B


■ CBN wheel 6A9 200–1 .5–10–51 B 151 C 100 B3





1Tool grinding with ►Diamond

ApplicationsCutting surfaces


4ET9 D 91 C 75 B D 91 C 100 B DK 91 C 100 B

4BT9 D 91 C 75 B D 91 C 100 B DK 91 C 100 B

12V9 D 126 C 75 B D 126 C 100 B DK 126 C 100 B

12V2 D 126 C 75 B D 126 C 100 B DK 126 C 100 B



Wheel shapeDisc wheels (4ET9 and 4BT9) are more appropriately used in a softer composition .







ApplicationsCutting surfaces


4ET9 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 100 B

4BT9 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 100 B

12V9 B 126 C 50 B8 B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 100 B8

12V2 B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 100 B

Bond ■ B . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B3 . . only for wet grinding ■ B8 . . only for wet grinding, very good grinding performance


Wheel shapeDisc wheels (4ET9 and 4BT9) are more appropriately used in a softer composition .







1

2


Shape 4BT9

H

10°

J

10

D

E

5°

V

Bore H [mm]: to specificationAngle V: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]E

[mm]J

[mm]

75 8 37 4BT9

100 10 50 4BT9

125 12 65 4BT9

Shape 4ET9

H

10°

J

D

W

T

X

Bore H [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]X

[mm]T

[mm]J

[mm]

50 4 / 6 1 6 25 4ET9

75 4 / 6 1 6 30 4ET9

100 4 / 6 1 6 43 4ET9

125 6 / 10 2 8 57 4ET9

150 6 / 10 2 10 59 4ET9

175 6 / 10 2 12 62 4ET9

Shape 12V2

H

45°

10

T

D

X

W

J

K


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–X

[mm]K

[mm]J

[mm]

75 5 20 27 45 12V2

100 5 / 8 / 10 23 48 48 12V2

125 5 / 8 / 10 23 68 73 12V2

150 8 / 10 23 82 98 12V2

Shape 12V9

H

45°

K

10

T

D

X

U

J

Layer thickness X [mm]: 1.5, 2, and 3Bore H [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]K

[mm]J

[mm]

75 6 / 10 20 45 35 12V9

100 6 / 10 20 65 60 12V9

125 6 / 10 25 80 75 12V9

150 6 / 10 25 105 105 12V9

Ordering examples

■ Diamond wheel 4BT9 100–10–1–20 D 91 C 100 B

■ Diamond wheel 4ET9 150–10–2–20 D 91 C 100 B

■ Diamond wheel 12V2 125–8–4–20 D 126 C 100 B

■ CBN wheel 12V9 100–1 .5–10–20 D 126 C 100 B




1Surface grinding with ►Diamond


[mm] Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel≤ 3 D 126 C 75 B3A DN 126 C 75 B3A DN 126 C 100 B6

4 to 8 D 126 C 75 B3A DN 126 C 75 B3A DN 126 C 100 B3A

> 8 D 126 C 75 B DN 126 C 75 B DN 126 C 75 B3A

Bond ■ B3A . . . only for wet grinding ■ B . . . . . for dry and wet grinding


Wheel shapeShape 6A9 is recommended for heat-sensitive materials.Due to the increased layer width of shape 6A2, the coolant supply between the wheel and the workpiece is frequently inadequate .Shape 6A2 is advantageous for high surface finish require-ments or for inadequate machine stability .


■ Layer width For 6A2 = W, the layer width should be as narrow as possible, and as wide as possible for 6A9 = U.




Surface grinding with ►CBN


[mm] Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel≤ 3 B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 75 B3 B 126 C 100 B6

4 to 8 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 75 B3 B 126 C 100 B6

> 8 B 126 C 75 B8 B 126 C 75 B3 B 126 C 75 B6

Bond ■ B8 . . only for wet grinding, very good grinding performance ■ B . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B3 and B6 . . . only for wet grinding


Wheel shapeShape 6A9 is recommended for heat-sensitive materials.Due to the increased layer width of shape 6A2, the coolant supply between the wheel and the workpiece is frequently inadequate .Shape 6A2 is advantageous for high surface finish require-ments or for inadequate machine stability .


■ Layer width For 6A2 = W, the layer width should be a narrow as pos-sible, and as wide as possible for 6A9 = U.



■ Cutting speed v: at least 25 m/s A higher cutting speed increases the tool life of the wheel . Cutting speeds of up to 100 m/s can be used in conjunction with good coolant supply .


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsSurface grinding


1

2

Surface grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 6A2

H

E

T

D

XW

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, 4, and 6Bore H [mm]: to specificationWheel Ø D <175 mm ➜ Shape 6A2 for tool grinding

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]W

[mm]T–X

[mm]E

[mm]

175 6 / 10 / 15 / 20 / 25 25 13 6A2

200 10 / 15 / 20 / 25 25 13 6A2

250 10 / 15 / 20 / 25 25 13 6A2

300 20 / 25 30 15 6A2

350 25 35 18 6A2

Shape 6A9 – layer internally supported

H

E

T

DX

K

U

Layer thickness X [mm]: 1.5, and 3Bore H [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]E

[mm]K

[mm]

75 6 / 10 25 10 60 6A9

100 6 / 10 30 10 80 6A9

125 6 / 10 30 10 110 6A9

150 6 / 10 35 10 135 6A9

200 6 / 10 35 13 175 6A9

250 6 / 10 50 20 225 6A9

Ordering examples

■ Diamond wheel 6A2 250–20–6–51 D 126 C 75 B3

■ CBN wheel 6A9 200–1 .5–10–51 B 151 C 100 B3




1Surface grinding with ►Diamond

Recommended compositionWheel

diameter D[mm] Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel

up to 250 D 126 C 75 B D 126 C 75 B2A DN 126 C 100 B2A





■ Width T As a large as possible, while taking into account machine performance and stability .


■ Dry grinding: 10 – 15 m/s ■ Wet grinding: 20 m/s

■ Carriage feed rate u: 6 – 8 m/min ■ Transverse feed rate s: 1/3 – 2/3 of the wheel width per pass

■ Infeed a: 0.01 mm per transverse pass

Other combinations of feed rate and infeed that result in the same chip volume can also be used.

Surface grinding with ►CBN

Recommended compositionWheel diameter

D[mm] Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel

up to 250 B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 75 B3A B 126 C 100 B3

250 to 500 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 50 B3 B 126 C 75 B3

Bond ■ B . . . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B3 . . . . only for wet grinding

More bonds ➜ Page 4-7The coolant used should be a 5 to 10 percent emulsion of an HD concentrate .




■ Dry grinding: 20 – 25 m/s ■ Wet grinding: 35 m/s (at least 25 m/s) A higher cutting speed increases the tool life of the wheel . Cutting speeds of up to 100 m/s can be used in conjunction with good coolant supply .

■ Carriage feed rate u: 20 – 30 m/min ■ Transverse feed rate s: 1/3 – 2/3 of the wheel width per pass

■ Infeed a: 0.01 mm per transverse pass

Other combinations of feed rate and infeed that result in the same chip volume can also be used.



1

2

Surface grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 1A1

H

T

D

X

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, and 6Bore H [mm]: to specificationWheel Ø D <100 mm ➜ Shape 1A1 for ID grinding

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]T

[mm]

100 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 1A1

125 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 1A1

150 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 1A1

175 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 1A1

200 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 1A1

225 12 / 15 / 20 / 25 1A1

250 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 / 25 / 30 / 40 / 60 1A1

300 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 1A1

350 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

400 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

500 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

600 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

Shape 14A1

H

T U

DJ X


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]J

[mm]

75 1 / 2 / 3 6 50 14A1

100 1 / 2 / 3 6 70 14A1

125 1 / 2 / 3 6 100 14A1

150 1 / 2 / 3 10 120 14A1

175 3 / 6 10 140 14A1

200 3 / 6 12 160 14A1

250 6 / 10 15 200 14A1

300 6 / 10 15 250 14A1

350 6 / 10 15 300 14A1

400 6 / 10 / 15 20 350 14A1

500 10 / 15 20 400 14A1

600 10 / 15 20 500 14A1

Ordering examples

■ Diamond wheel 1A1 300–20–4–127 D 126 C 75 B2A





1Profile grinding with►Diamond

Recommended composition

Wheel shape

Profile depth (P) Radius (R)

[mm] Dry grindingWet grinding

Deep grinding14V1/14EE1 P ≤ 5 DK 107 C 125 B DG 126 C 125 M27

14V1/14EE1 P > 5 DK 126 C 100 B DM 126 C 100 B6

1FF1/14F1 R ≤ 5 DK 107 C 125 B DG 126 C 125 M27

1FF1/14F1 R > 5 DK 126 C 100 B DM 126 C 100 B6

If a point radius < 0 .5 mm is required for wheels of shape 14V1 and 14EE1, we recommend a finer grain size or a higher concentration .

Bond ■ M27 and B6 . . only for wet grinding ■ B . . . . . . . . . . for dry and wet grinding


Wheel dimensions ■ Diameter D As large as possible, while observing the recommended cutting speed v. Cooling can become problematic for deep grinding, in particular for heat-sensitive materials. The diameter D or the cutting speed v should be reduced in this case .


■ Dry grinding: 10 – 12 m/s ■ Wet grinding/dry grinding: 12 – 15 m/s

■ OD speed of the workpiece uw ■ Standard grinding: 15 – 20 m/min ■ Deep grinding: 0 .5 – 1m/min

Profile grinding with ►CBN

Recommended composition

Wheel shape

Profile depth (P) Radius (R)

[mm] Dry grindingWet grinding

Deep grinding14V1/14EE1 P ≤ 5 B 107 C 100 B BM 107 C 100 M27

14V1/14EE1 P > 5 B 126 C 100 B8 B 126 C 100 B6

1FF1/14F1 R ≤ 5 B 107 C 100 B BM 107 C 100 M27

1FF1/14F1 R > 5 B 126 C 100 B8 B 126 C 100 B6

If a point radius < 0 .5 mm is required for wheels of shape 14V1 and 14EE1, we recommend a finer grain size or a higher concentration .

Bond ■ B . . . . . . . . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B8 . . . . . . . . . only for wet grinding, very good grinding performance

■ M27 and B6 . . only for wet grindingMore bonds ➜ Page 4-7The coolant used should be a 5 to 10 percent emulsion of an HD concentrate. Significantly better than cutting oil.

Wheel dimensions ■ Diameter D As large as possible, while observing the recommended cutting speed v. Cooling can become problematic for groove grinding, in particular for heat-sensitive materials. The diameter D or the cutting speed v should be reduced in this case .


■ Dry grinding: 20 – 30 m/s ■ Wet grinding/dry grinding: 25 – 40 m/s

■ OD speed of the workpiece uw ■ Standard grinding: 25 – 30 m/min ■ Deep grinding: 0 .5 – 1 m/min

Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsProfile grinding


1

2

Profile grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 1FF1

H

T RR

D

X

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, and 4Bore H [mm]: to specificationWheel width T [mm]: min. 4, max. 20Radius R [mm]: min. 2, max. 10

Dimension1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]50 1FF1

75 1FF1

100 1FF1

125 1FF1

150 1FF1

Shape 14V1

H

T U

D

XJ

V

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, and 4Bore H [mm]: to specificationAngle V: to specification (between 30° and 89°)

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]J

[mm]75 4 / 6 2) / 8 2) / 10 2) 6 50 14V1

100 4 / 6 2) / 8 2) / 10 2) 6 70 14V1125 6 / 8 2) / 10 2) / 15 2) 8 100 14V1150 6 / 8 2) / 10 2) / 15 2 8 120 14V1175 6 / 8 / 10 2) / 15 2) / 20 2) 10 140 14V1200 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 2) / 15 2) / 20 2) 12 160 14V1250 15 2) / 20 2) 15 180 14V1

2) Without reinforced wheel body shape 1V1, in this case, U = T

Shape 14EE1

H

T U

DJ X

V

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2 .5 and 5 when V 45°2 and 4 when V 60°1 .5 and 3 when V 90°


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]V T

[mm]J

[mm]50 3 45° / 60° / 90° 3 – 14EE175 3 45° / 60° / 90° 3 – 14EE1

100 3 / 4 45° / 60° / 90° 6 70 14EE1125 3 / 4 45° / 60° / 90° 6 100 14EE1150 3 / 4 45° / 60° / 90° 6 120 14EE1175 4 / 5 45° / 60° / 90° 8 140 14EE1200 4 / 5 45° / 60° / 90° 10 160 14EE1250 4 / 5 45° / 60° / 90° 15 200 14EE1

Shape 14F1

H

T U

J

D

R

W


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]R

[mm]T

[mm]J

[mm]50 2 / 3 / 4 1 / 1 .5 / 2 6 30 14F1

75 2 / 3 / 4 1 / 1 .5 / 2 6 50 14F1

100 2 / 3 / 4 1 / 1 .5 / 2 6 70 14F1

125 2 / 3 / 4 1 / 1 .5 / 2 8 100 14F1

150 2 / 3 / 4 1 / 1 .5 / 2 8 120 14F1

Ordering examples

■ Diamond wheel 1FF1 100–10–R5–3–20 DK 126 C 100 B2

■ Diamond wheel 1V1/14V1 175–10–3–V60°–32 DK 126 C 100 B2

■ Diamond wheel 14EE1 150–4–4–V60°–20 D 126 C 100 B2

■ CBN wheel 14F1 125–4–R2–5–20 B 151 C 125 B6


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsProfile grinding


1ID grinding with►Diamond


diameter D[mm] Softer wheel Standard Harder wheel≤ 50 D 126 C 75 B D 126 C 100 B2A DN 126 C 100 B2A

50 to 100 D 126 C 75 B DN 126 C 75 B2A DN 126 C 100 B2A

Bond ■ B . . . . . for dry and wet grinding (dry grinding should be avoided whenever possible)

■ B2A . . . only for wet grindingMore bonds ➜ Page 4-7

Wheel dimensions ■ Diameter D As large as possible up to bore diameter 40 mm . The wheel diameter should be approx. 75 % of the bore diameter for larger bores .

■ Width T A larger wheel width generally achieves a better surface finish, but also results in higher grinding pressure. The grinding spindle dimensions therefore need to be taken into account .

Cutting parameters ■ Cutting speed V: 12 – 16 m/s ■ OD speed of the workpiece uw: 20 – 30 m/min

■ Feed rate s: 1/4 – 3/4 of the wheel width per workpiece revolution.

CoolingThe relatively large contact surface between the wheel and the bore wall generates significant heat during ID grinding, which must be evacuated with effective cooling.

ID grinding with ►CBN



up to 100 B 126 C 75 B3 B126 C 100 B3 B 126 C 100 B6

Vitrified bond CBN wheels can also be used to grind hard-ened structural steel, e.g. ball bearing steel. For bores ≤ Ø40 mm, we recommend B 151 C 150 V.

Bond ■ B3 and B6 . . only for wet grinding


Wheel dimensions ■ Diameter D As large as possible up to bore diameter 40 mm . The wheel diameter should be approx. 75 % of the bore diam-eter for larger bores .


Cutting parameters ■ Cutting speed v: at least 25 m/s A higher cutting speed increases the tool life of the wheel . Cutting speeds of up to 100 m/s can be used in conjunc-tion with good coolant supply .

■ OD speed of the workpiece uw: 20 m/min – 30 m/min


CoolingThe relatively large contact surface between the wheel and the bore wall generates significant heat during ID grinding, which must be evacuated with effective cooling.

Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsID grinding


1

2

ID grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 1A1

H

T

D

X

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, 4, and 6Bore H [mm]: to specificationWheel Ø D >75 mm ➜ shape 1A1 for OD grinding

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]T

[mm]

20 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 1A1

25 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 1A1

30 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 1A1

40 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 1A1

50 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 1A1

75 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 1A1

Ordering examples

■ CBN wheel 1A1 40–10–3–12 B 151 C 100 B3


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsID grinding


1Grinding pins with ►Diamond

Recommended compositionBond Standardplastic D 126 C 100 B2A

metal DG 126 C 100 M27

electro-plated D 126




■ Generally: 12 – 16 m/s ■ electro-plated 10 – 24 m/s

■ OD speed of the workpiece uw: 20 – 30 m/min


CoolingThe relatively large contact surface between the wheel and the bore wall generates significant heat during ID grinding, which must be evacuated with effective cooling.Dry grinding should be avoided whenever possible.

Grinding pins with ►CBN

Recommended compositionBond Standardplastic D 126 C 100 B

metal BM 126 C 100 M27

electro-plated B 151




■ Generally: at least 25 m/s ■ electro-plated: 10 – 24 m/s



CoolingThe relatively large contact surface between the wheel and the bore wall generates significant heat during ID grinding, which must be evacuated with effective cooling.Dry grinding should be avoided whenever possible.

Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsGrinding pins


1

2

Grinding pins with diamond or CBN

Shape 1A1W – grinding pins with plastic and metal bonds

Y

L1T

ØD

X

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeØD

[mm]T

[mm]X

[mm]L1

[mm]Y

[mm]3 6 0 .75 60 3 1A1W

4 6 1 60 3 1A1W

5 6 1 .5 60 3 1A1W

6 6 / 8 1 .5 60 6 1A1W

7 6 2 60 6 1A1W

8 6 / 10 2 60 6 1A1W

9 6 2 60 6 1A1W

10 6 / 10 2 60 6 1A1W

12 6 / 10 2 60 6 1A1W

15 6 / 10 2 60 6 1A1W

18 6 / 10 2 60 6 1A1W

20 6 / 10 2 60 6 1A1W

Shape 1A1W – grinding pins with electroplated bond

ØY

L1

ØD

T

L

T

L

ØD

ØY

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeØD

[mm]T

[mm]L

[mm]L1

[mm]ØY

[mm] Grain size0 .5 2 40 33 3 B/D 91 1A1W

0 .6 3 40 33 3 B/D 91 1A1W

0 .7 3 40 33 3 B/D 91 1A1W

0 .8 3 40 31 3 B/D 91 and 126 1A1W

0 .9 3 40 31 3 B/D 91 and 126 1A1W

1 .0 3 40 27 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

1 .2 3 40 27 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

1 .5 3 40 27 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

1 .7 4 40 27 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

2 .0 5 40 27 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

2 .5 5 40 27 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

3 .0 5 40 27 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

3 .5 5 40 – 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

4 .0 5 40 – 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

4 .5 5 40 – 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

5 .0 6 40 – 3 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

6 .0 10 60 40 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

7 .0 10 60 – 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

8 .0 10 80 – 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

10 .0 10 80 – 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

12 .0 15 80 – 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

15 .0 15 80 – 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

16 .0 15 80 – 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

18 .0 15 80 – 6 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

20 .0 15 80 – 8 B/D 91 / 126 and 151 1A1W

Ordering examples

■ Diamond grinding pin 1A1W 10–10–2 D 126 C 100 B2A

■ Diamond grinding pin 1A1W 6–7 D 126 electroplated bond

Note:Grinding pins are also available with carbide shank.Price and lead time on request .


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsGrinding pins


1OD grinding with►Diamond



up to 200 D 126 C 75 B D 126 C 100 B2A DN 126 C 100 B2A







■ Dry grinding: 10 – 15 m/s ■ Wet grinding: 20 m/s



■ Infeed a: 0 .005 – 0 .02 mm per pass .

OD grinding with ►CBN



up to 200 B 126 C 75 B B 126 C 75 B3 B 126 C 100 B3

200 to 600 B 126 C 50 B B 126 C 50 B3 B 126 C 75 B3

Bond ■ B . . . . . for dry and wet grinding ■ B3 . . . . only for wet grinding

More bonds ➜ Page 4-7The coolant used should be a 5 to 10 percent emulsion of an HD concentrate .




■ Dry grinding: 20 – 30 m/s ■ Wet grinding: 25 – 40 m/s (at least 25 m/s) A higher cutting speed increases the tool life of the wheel . Cutting speeds of up to 100 m/s can be used in conjunction with good coolant supply .


■ Feed rate: 1/3 – 2/3 of the wheel width per workpiece revolution.

■ Infeed a: 0 .005 – 0 .02 mm per pass

Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsOD grinding


1

2

OD grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 1A1

H

T

D

X

Layer thickness X [mm]: 2, 3, and 6Bore H [mm]: to specificationWheel Ø D <100 mm ➜ shape 1A1 for ID grinding

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]T

[mm]

100 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 1A1

125 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 1A1

150 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 1A1

175 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 1A1

200 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 1A1

225 12 / 15 / 20 / 25 1A1

250 6 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 / 25 / 30 / 40 / 60 1A1

300 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 1A1

350 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

400 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

500 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

600 12 / 15 / 20 / 40 / 60 / 100 1A1

Shape 14A1

H

T U

DJ X


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]J

[mm]

75 1 / 2 / 3 6 50 14A1

100 1 / 2 / 3 6 70 14A1

125 1 / 2 / 3 6 100 14A1

150 1 / 2 / 3 10 120 14A1

175 3 / 6 10 140 14A1

200 3 / 6 12 160 14A1

250 6 / 10 15 200 14A1

300 6 / 10 15 250 14A1

350 6 / 10 15 300 14A1

400 6 / 10 / 15 20 350 14A1

500 10 / 15 20 400 14A1

600 10 / 15 20 500 14A1

Ordering examples




Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsOD grinding


1Cut-off grinding with ►Diamond

Recommended compositionContact surface Dry grinding Wet grinding

small D 107 C 100 B D 107 C 100 B4

large – D 107 C 100 B4

Bond ■ B4 . . . . for wet grinding ■ B . . . . . for dry grinding (avoid whenever possible)



■ Wet grinding: 18 – 20 m/s ■ Dry grinding: 10 – 12 m/s

It is very important to refrain from exceeding the rec-ommended cutting speed v. Excessive heat buildup will destroy the wheel .

Cut-off grinding with ►CBN

Recommended compositionContact surface Dry grinding Wet grinding

small D 107 C 100 B B 107 C 100 B3

large – B 107 C 100 B

Dry grinding should be avoided whenever possible. The coolant used should be a 5 to 10 percent emulsion of an HD concentrate .

Bond ■ B3 . . . . for wet grinding ■ B . . . . . for dry grinding (avoid whenever possible)



■ Wet grinding: 25 – 40 m/s ■ Dry grinding: 20 – 30 m/s

Diamond and CBN grinding wheels Cut-off grinding


1

2

Cut-off grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 1A1R

H

D

T

X


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]T

[mm]X

[mm]

75 1 3 1A1R

100 1 3 1A1R

125 1 3 1A1R

150 1 3 1A1R

Shape 3A1

D

XH

J

UT

Bore H [mm]: to specificationArbor dia. J [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]X

[mm]T

[mm]

175 2 / 3 3 8 3A1

200 2 / 3 3 10 3A1

250 3 / 5 3 10 3A1

300 5 / 8 1 .5 / 3 10 3A1

350 5 / 8 1 .5 / 3 10 3A1

Ordering examples

■ Diamond wheel 1A1R 100–1–3–20 B 107 C 100 B



Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsCut-off grinding


1Groove grinding with ►Diamond

Recommended compositionGroove depth

[mm] Softer wheel Standard≤ 5 DN 126 C 100 B2A DG 126 C 100 M27

> 5 DN 126 C 75 B2A DG 126 C 75 M27

Dry grinding should be avoided whenever possible. A softer wheel is recommended for use with very brittle and crack-sensitive materials, or with inadequate cooling.

Bond ■ B2A . . . for wet grinding ■ M27 . . . for wet grinding

Cutting parameters ■ Cutting speed V: 15 – 20 m/s The larger the depth of cut, the lower cutting speed.

■ Carriage feed rate u: 6 – 8 m/min ■ Infeed a: 0 .01 – 0 .02 mm per pass .

During deep grinding, the carriage feed rate should be reduced until the chip volume corresponds to the recom-mended values.

Groove grinding with ►CBN

Recommended compositionGroove depth

[mm] Softer wheel Standard≤ 5 B 126 C 100 B3 BM 126 C 100 M27

> 5 B 126 C 75 B3 BM 126 C 75 M27

Dry grinding should be avoided whenever possible. A softer wheel is recommended for use with very brittle and crack-sensitive materials, or with inadequate cooling.

Bond ■ B3 . . . . for wet grinding ■ M27 . . . for wet grinding

Cutting parameters ■ Cutting speed V: 25 – 40 m/s ■ Carriage feed rate u: 20 – 30 m/min ■ Infeed a: 0 .01 – 0 .02 mm per pass .

During deep grinding, the carriage feed rate should be reduced until the chip volume corresponds to the recom-mended values.

Diamond and CBN grinding wheels Groove grinding


1

2

Groove grinding with diamond or CBN

Shape 1A1R

H

D

T

X


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]T

[mm]X

[mm]75 1 3 1A1R

100 1 3 1A1R

125 1 3 1A1R

150 1 3 1A1R

Shape 14A1

H

T U

DJ X


Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]T

[mm]J

[mm]75 1 / 2 / 3 6 50 14A1

100 1 / 2 / 3 6 70 14A1

125 1 / 2 / 3 6 100 14A1

150 1 / 2 / 3 10 120 14A1

175 3 / 6 10 140 14A1

200 3 / 6 12 160 14A1

250 6 / 10 15 200 14A1

300 6 / 10 15 250 14A1

350 6 / 10 15 300 14A1

400 6 / 10 / 15 20 350 14A1

500 10 / 15 20 400 14A1

600 10 / 15 20 500 14A1

Shape 3A1

D

XH

J

UT

Bore H [mm]: to specificationMinor dia. J [mm]: to specification

Dimensions1)

Wheel shapeD

[mm]U

[mm]X

[mm]T

[mm]

175 2 / 3 3 8 3A1

200 2 / 3 3 10 3A1

250 3 / 5 3 10 3A1

300 5 / 8 1 .5 / 3 10 3A1

350 5 / 8 1 .5 / 3 10 3A1

Ordering examples

■ Diamond wheel 1A1R 100–1–3–20 D 107 C 100 B




Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsGroove grinding


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsCustom versions

Custom versions

Shape 4A9 Shape 6A2B

Shape 4F9 Shape 12C9

Shape 4V5 Shape 14A1R

Shape 4Y9 Shape 14U1


■ Please use the questionnaire on the right for custom versions. Include sketch as appropriate .


Diamond and CBN grinding wheelsQuestionnaire

Questionnaire to specify diamond and CBN wheelsNote: copy the questionnaire before completing .Please mail the completed questionnaire to the following address: info@weiss-diamant .com

If a grinding wheel cannot be specified without assistance, we ask that you provide as much of the following information as possible:

General information

Wheel shape (sketch if appropriate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Layer width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Layer thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Grain type and grain size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Dry grinding � Wet grinding

Wheel diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bore diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Grinding parameters

� General tool grinding

� Turning tool steel

� Clearance surface

� Cutting surface

� Chip groove

� Milling cutter/reamers/spot drills

� Clearance surface

� Cutting surface

� Surface grinding

� OD wheel

� Cup wheel

� OD grinding

� ID grinding

� Profile grinding

� Cut-off grinding

� Groove grinding

� Deep grinding

Other information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Workpieces

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Worpiece material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� case-hardened � heat-treated � annealed

Grinding allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hardness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Desired surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Machine

Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Grinding spindle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Infeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mm/pass

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Feed rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .m/min


Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsProduct overview

Product spectrumProduction ➜ Page 4-37Shapes and profiles ➜ Page 4-38Safety ➜ Page 4-42Grinding applications ➜ Page 4-43Specification ➜ Page 4-46Warehousing product line/Germany ➜ Page 4-48

Advantages at a glance ■ Use of premium raw ma-terials

■ Superior quality standard ■ Express orders in ten busi-ness days

Product features ■ Manufacture of grinding bodies in all dimensions and shapes

■ Shapes and compositions fine-tuned for the application

Applications ■ Surface grinding ■ OD grinding ■ Tool grinding ■ Tooth flank grinding

■ Thread grinding ■ Spring end grinding

and other custom grinding processes

Application conditions ■ Adhere to our instructions on the grinding wheels and the safety recommendations in this catalog ➜ Page 4-42


Production

1. Mixing ■ An important condition for consistent quality of grinding bodies is to accurately adhere to specified raw material quantities. The use of an electronic weighing system guarantees the correct filling weights within tightest tolerances.

2. Pressing ■ The homogeneity of grinding bodies is guaranteed by using special feeders during the filling process, along with electronically controlled spreader rakes. NC-controlled presses with online data tracking used by production control are yet another condition for a reproducible wheel structure.

3. Post-processing ■ The grinding body is given its final shape in the post-processing stage. A wide range of machinery is available for this purpose, allowing even demanding geometries to be produced with corresponding tolerances at a consistently high quality.

4. Kiln ■ The firing temperature of ceramic grinding bodies ranges between 1000 °C and 1300 °C. An electronic control for the firing process prevents a deviation from the specified temperature curve. At the same time, the firing cycle is documented for each order.

Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsProduction


Shapes and profiles – ISO shapesWe produce grinding bodies in all dimensions and shapes. The most common versions are listed here with the ISO shape numbers and edge shapes.

Wheels that deviate from these can be requested and ordered to drawings.

Code Dimensions ISO shape No.

Straight grinding wheel D x H x T 1

Grinding cylinder bonded with support wheel

D x T - W 2

Straight grinding wheel conical on both sides

D/J x T/U x H 4

Straight grinding wheel recessed on one side

D x T x H - P x F 5

Cylindrical grinding cup D x T x H - W..E.. 6

Straight grinding wheel recessed on both sides D x T x H - P x F / G 7

Conical grinding cup D/J x T x H - W..E..K 11

Grinding disc D/J x T/U x H - W..E..K 12


Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsShapes and profiles


Code Dimensions ISO shape No.

Straight grinding wheel tapered on one side

D/J x T/U x H - W..E..K 20

Straight grinding wheel - recessed and tapered on both sides

D x T/N x H - P x F/G 26

Straight grinding wheel bonded with support wheel D x T x H 35

Straight grinding wheel screw-mounted on support wheel

D x T x H threaded bushings 36

Straight grinding wheel recessed on both sides

D/J x T/U x H 39

Straight grinding wheel recessed on one side

D/J x T/U x H 38

Grinding segmentsB x C x L and B/A x C x L

R to specification31



Shapes and profiles – edge shapes

A B C D E

F H J K M

N P Q



Shapes and profiles – grinding pinsStandard shapes in accordance with DIN standards

■ The DIN standard defines seven grinding pin shapes. ■ The dimensions are specified with eight characters. Example in the following table: ZY 40 20 06

Character Description Example / Legend

1 and 2 Shape abbreviation ZY

3 and 4 Largest diameter D in mm 40

5 and 6 Greatest length T in mm1) 20

7 and 8 Shank diameter S in mm 06

1) not used for shape KU

A difference is also made between the W series (cylindrical pins) and the A and B series (shaped pins). We cannot list these here due to the great variety of the shapes.Please request these with a sketch. In most cases, we can ship these from stock.

ZY WR WK KE

SP KU TO



Safety recommendationsToday's grinding tools are safe operating tools. However, damaged, incorrectly clamped or used grinding bodies are dangerous tools that can result in serious injuries and prop-erty damage when used. The following listing only includes

the most important safety instructions. The following safety instructions must be observed.

General safety recommendations

Eye protection Use gloves Use dust mask Use hearing protection Observe safety recommendations

1. Handling, transport, and storage ■ Check packaging and content for damage upon receipt ■ Grinding bodies can develop cracks: do not drop or expose to shocks, etc.

■ Store free of mechanical damage, frost, moisture, single-sided heating, aggressive media

■ Do not store grinding bodies with resin bond for more than two years

2. Selecting the grinding body and clamping ■ Check whether the maximum spindle speed of the machinery exceeds the maximum speed indicated on the label or the grinding body

■ Comply with usage restrictions and instructions (see pictograms)

■ Visual inspection for cracks, fragmentation, etc. ■ Audio check, particularly important for ceramic bond grinding bodies starting at 80 mm OD

■ Only trained persons should clamp grinding bodies

■ Clamping flanges need to be clean, flat, back-turned, and of the same shape. They generally need to cover one third of the grinding wheel diameter

■ Intermediate layers consisting of a soft or elastic material (plastic, paper, rubber) need to be placed between the grinding body and the clamping flange

■ Minimize any observable unbalanced conditions with a balancing unit

■ Check safety cover ■ Personal protective gear needs to be appropriate for the work (eye and hearing protection, apron, safety shoes, etc.)

3. Operation ■ Test run in a secured working area ■ Dress as needed ■ Coolant supply should only be switched on after startup and should be shut off before the machine is switched off

■ Secure the workstation (sparks, dust, vapor, aerosols)

FEPA safety recommendations

Not rated for lateral grinding

Not rated for wet grinding

Not rated for free-handed grinding and free-handed cut-off grinding

Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsSafety


Examples for surface grinding applications

Aircraft brake padsSegments support machining large surfaces at correspondingly high productivity. Parts are clamped into the machinery in a ring-shape with clearances between them, which supports machining individual large workpieces, as well as a group of smaller parts.The shown aircraft brake pads are surface ground with black silicon-carbide segments to the finished dimension for installation.

Aircraft turbinesWe recommend highly-porous white corundum grinding wheels to machine high-alloy ma-terials, such as for this high-temperature resistant steel in an aircraft turbine. The high pore content and low hardness support extreme cutting performance and optimized metal removal rates even for ductile materials.

Turbine blade baseSoft and highly porous grinding wheels are used for surface grinding. A turbine blade base is ground in this case to the finished dimension with the full continuous process in a single pass. The objective is to place a low load on the workpiece even with high material removal rates, while limiting thermal damage.

Plier blanksThe heads of the plier blanks are forged in a die and are also finish-ground in a single pass. The grinding wheel is profiled with diamond dressing rollers that are either used in a continu-ous dressing process or used in cycles. In addition to the pore volume and its homogeneous distribution, the correct selection of the bonding agent is a key to success. Our specialized manufacturing methods and raw materials give us access to outstanding know-how.

Surface grinding ball bearingsTwo-sided precision machining is performed with the objective of achieving high plane par-allelism and a good surface finish. Lateral grinding typically involves banks of resin-bonded grinding wheels to achieve high productivity. They are assembled into the machine (e.g. type Diskus or Gardner) with adhesives or with embedded nuts.

Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsGrinding application


Examples for OD grinding applications

Turbocharger turbineThis demanding grinding task involves fabricating a turbocharger turbine in five OD grinding operations. The workpiece consists of a high-temperature resistant, high-alloy casting head, which was fused to the highly ductile shaft in a friction welding process. A two-layered wheel is used in an angled groove grinding operation to surface grind the head, the weld seam, and the shaft across the entire length in a single pass to ensure the required geometry. The second layer of white corundum is used to machine the material different from the shaft and to protect against overheating.

Brake cylinderWorkpieces with constant diameters can be machined in a centerless grinding operation in a single pass. This brake cylinder is continuously fed into the grinding zone with a straightedge. The required material removal rate is achieved in this case with a rubber-bonded drive wheel and a ceramic or resin bonded process wheel. Depending on the length of the grinding zone and required material removal rate, different grain sizes are used to rough and finish grind at the same time.

Custom partsBecause of their geometry, these parts cannot be clamped between centers and can therefore not be machined in a continuous grinding operation. They are processed in a centerless groove grinding operation. Here as well, the workpieces are rotated by a drive wheel and guided with a straightedge. However, the process wheel has a higher hardness compared to continuous grinding to achieve better profile holding results.

Injection molding dieWe rarely recommend highly-porous grinding wheels for OD grinding. In this specific application, their use makes sense since the injection molding die to be machined consists of a high-alloy metal and is very hard. The porosity is not created with opening materials but with corundum balls.

Ball bearingsIn addition to other machining-intensive grinding operations, the rolling bearing industry also performs ID grinding operations on OD ball bearing rings. Half-corundum or white corundum grinding wheels are used since this generally involves use of similar steels - typically 100 Cr 6 with 62 – 65 HRC.



Examples for tool grinding applications

SawingSawing is a typical and highly varied example for tool grinding. Operations are differentiated into production grinding and sharpening, applications (wood or metal) and the shape of the saw (hack saw, circular saw, gang saw, or band saw).

Examples for custom grinding applications

Tooth flanksTooth flank grinding is a highly demanding application since it combines several competing and unfavorable requirements for the grinding process:

■ the steels are typically high-alloy and hardened ■ surfaces and geometries are specified to tight tolerances ■ surface defects and overheating is prohibited ■ the contact surface with the material is very large

Three different grinding processes are used: ■ Maag: two disc grinding wheels, dry grinding ■ Höfler, Niles: two OD grinding discs at an angle of 20° ■ Reishauer: grinding discs with one or two flute screw profile

ThreadsThreads and bore grooves are nowadays typically fabricated in a full-cut process (e.g. Gühring). The grain size and hardness are selected for this process based on the pitch and detail of the profile. The screw tap in the figure is fabricated with a ceramic, white corundum grinding wheel at a circumferential speed of 80 m/s.

SpringsThe difficult to implement cooling represents the technical challenge for spring grinding. The cutting performance of the sintered corundum has therefore recently gained widespread acceptance.The composition of the grinding wheel is determined by

■ Steel grade and heat treatment ■ Wire and spring diameter ■ The required geometry

This can be simplified as: ■ Small spring or thin wire: shape-holding, relatively hard wheels with ceramic bond ■ Large springs or thick wire: rough grained, porous, soft wheels with resin bond



1Specifications and grade codes for grinding wheelsPursuant to DIN 69100, the grinding wheel grade is specified by five parameters that are described in detail as follows.1. Grinding agent

Grinding agent Type Grinding agent Type

Standard corundum 10A Rubina 60A

Special corundum 20A Corundum balls 70A

Mono-crystalline corun-dum 30A Sintered corundum 80A

White corundum 40A Green silicon-carbide 10C

Rose corundum 50A Black silicon-carbide 20C

– Grinding agent blends 41A, 21C, etc.


Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsSpecification


2

2. Grain size Code Grain size

rough 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24medium 30, 36, 46, 60fine 80, 100, 120, 150, 180very fine 220, 240, 280, 320, ...

3. HardnessCode Hardness

very soft D, E, F, Gsoft H, I, J, Kmedium L, M, N, Ohard P, Q, R, Svery hard T, U, V, W

4. Grain structureGrain structure Type

closed 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

open 14

5. Bond

Code Bond

V Vitrified bondB Resin bondBF Fiber-reinforced resin bondR Rubber bond

Ordering example

Ordering example for:Bench grinder wheel, diameter x width x bore diameter, standard corundum, medium grain, high hardness, grain structure, vitrified bond

■ Bench grinder wheel, shape 1 150x20x32 10A 36 P 7 V

Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsSpecification


1Bench grinder wheels

■ Straight (ISO shape 1) and recessed (ISO shape 5) ■ The bore can be adjusted for all machinery

Grinding agent ■ 10A standard corundum: Structural steel and soft, non-alloyed steel

■ 50A rose corundum: alloyed, hardened HSS steel ■ 10C silicon-carbide: Carbide

Wheel diameter: 100 mm

ØH

T

100

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

100

ISO shape 5

Dimensions

Grinding agent SpecificationT

[mm]ØH

[mm]

20 20

10A 10A 60 M 7 V

50A 50A 60 M 7 V

10C

10C 60 K 7 V

10C 100 J 7 V


ØH

T

125

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

125

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

20 25

10A10A 36 P 7 V

10A 60 M 7 V

50A 50A 60 M 7 V

10C 10C 100 J 7 V

25 32

10A10A 36 P 7 V

10A 60 M 7 V

50A 50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V

10C 100 J 7 V


Corundum and silicon-carbide wheelsWarehoused product range/Germany



ØH

T

150

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

150

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

20 32

10A10A 36 P 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 80 JK 7 V10C 80 M 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

25 32

10A10A 36 P 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A

50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V50A 80 K 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

80 810A 10A 60 M 7 V10C 10C 80 M 7 V


ØH

T

175

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

175

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

20 32

10A10A 24/36 P 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

25

32

10A10 A 24/36 P 7 V10 A 60 M 7 V10 A 80 L 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

51

10A10A 24/36 P 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

32 32

10A10A 24/36 P 7 V10A 60 M 7 V10A 80 L 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V





ØH

T

200

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

200

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

20

32

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

51

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

25

32

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

51

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

32

32

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

51

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36/46 N 7 V50A 46/60 K 7 V50A 60 M 7 V

10C10C 80 JK 7 V10C 120 J 7 V

40 5150A 50A 46/60 K 7 V10C 10C 60 J 7 V

110 2550A 50A 46/60 K 7 V10C 10C 60 J 7 V





ØH

T

250

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

250

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

25 51

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A 50A 46/60 L 7 V

10C10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 J 7 V

40 51

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 36/46 O 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36 M 7 V50A 46/60 L 7 V

10C10C 46 K 7 V10C 60 K 7 V10C 80 J 7 V


ØH

T

300

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

300

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

32 51

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 46 N 7 V

50A50A 36 LM 7 V50A 60 KL 7 V

10C10C 46 K 7 V10C 60 JK 7 V

40

32 10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 46 N 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

51

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 46 N 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36 LM 7 V50A 60 KL 7 V

10C10C 46 K 7 V10C 60 JK 7 V10C 80 J 7 V

76

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 46 N 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36 LM 7 V50A 60 KL 7 V

10C10C 46 K 7 V10C 60 JK 7 V

50 76

10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 46 N 7 V10A 60 M 7 V

50A50A 36 LM 7 V50A 60 KL 7 V

10C10C 46 K 7 V10C 60 JK 7 V

125 19 10A10A 24 Q 7 V10A 46 N 7 V10A 60 M 7 V




1

2


ØH

T

350

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

350

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

40 76

10A10A 20/2 Q 7 V

10A 46 N 7 V

50A50A 36 LM 7 V

50A 60 KL 7 V

10C 10C 46 K 7 V

50

76

10A10A 20/2 Q 7 V

10A 46 N 7 V

50A50A 36 LM 7 V

50A 60 KL 7 V

127 10A10A 20/2 Q 7 V

10A 46 N 7 V


ØH

T

400

ISO shape 1

ØH

T

400

ISO shape 5

Dimensions


[mm]ØH

[mm]

40 76

10A

10A 20/2 Q 7 V

10A 46 N 7 V

50A

50A 36 LM 7 V

50A 60 KL 7 V

50 76

10A 10A 20/2 Q 7 V

50A 50A 36 LM 7 V

Ordering example

■ Bench grinder wheel: ISO shape 1, diameter D: Ø300 mm, width T: 40 mm, bore H: 51 mm,

■ Wheel type 10A 60 M 7 V

Wheel type specification ➜ Page 4-46



1Tool grinding wheels ■ For grinding and sharpening tools made with high-alloy tool steel

Straight cup wheels (ISO shape 6)

ØH

T

D

DimensionsGrinding

agent SpecificationD

[mm]T

[mm]ØH

[mm]

100

50 2040A

40A 46 J 7 V40A 54/I J 8 VY40A 60 J 8 VY40A 80 I 7V40A 80 K 7 VY

60A 60A 60/2 J 8 VY41A 41A 80 J 7 V

80 4040A

40A 46 J 7 V40A 54/I J 8 VY40A 60 J 8 VY40A 80 I 7V40A 80 K 7 VY

60A 60A 60/2 J 8 VY41A 41A 80 J 7 V

150

50 3240A

40A 54/I J 8 VY40A 60 K 8 VY

60A 60A 46/1 K 8 VY

63 32 60A60A 54/1 K 8 VY60A 60/2 J 8 VY

13037

40A40A 54/I J 8 VY40A 60 K 8 VY

60A 60A 46/1 K 8 VY

47 60A60A 54/1 K 8 VY60A 60/2 J 8 VY

200

95 76.240A

40A 36 J 8 VY40A 46 I 8 VY

60A 60A 36/I K 9 VY

160 7040A

40A 36 J 8 VY40A 46 I 8 VY

60A 60A 36/I K 9 VY

Conical cup wheels (ISO shape 11)

ØH

T

D

DimensionsGrinding


[mm]T

[mm]ØH

[mm]80 50 13 40A 40A 60 K 8 VY

10040 20 40A

40A 46 JK 7 V40A 60 J 7 V

50 2040A 40A 80 K 8 VY60A 60A 60/2 J 8 VY

125 40 20 40A40A 46 JK 7 V40A 60 J 7 V

150 50 32 40A 40A 46 K 8 VY




2

1Disc wheels (ISO shape 12)

ØH

T

D

DimensionsGrinding


[mm]T

[mm]ØH

[mm]

150

13 20 40A40A 46 K 6 VY

40A 60 J 8 VY

15 2040A

40A 46 JK 7 V

40A 60 J 7 V

40A 60 K 7 V

41A 41A 46/60 IJ 7 V

Ordering example

■ Tool grinding wheel: ISO shape 11, diameter D: Ø125 mm, width T: 40 mm, bore H: 20 mm,

■ Wheel type 40A 60 J 7 V




1

2

Surface grinding

ØH

T

D

ISO shape 7

Dimensions MaterialD

[mm]T

[mm]ØH

[mm] WorkpiecesGrinding

agent Specification

155 10 10

unhardened 40A 40A 46 J 7 V

hardened 40A 40A 36/46 H 7 V

300 50 76

unhardened 40A 40A 46 J 7 V

hardened 40A 40A 36/46 H 7 V

Ordering example

■ Surface grinding grinding wheel: ISO shape 7, diameter D: Ø155 mm, width T: 10 mm, bore H: 10 mm

■ Wheel type 40A 46 H 7 V




1Saw sharpening wheels ■ The bore can be adjusted for all machinery

Chain saws

ØH

T

D

DimensionsGrinding


[mm]T

[mm]ØH

[mm]

140

3.3 12 41A 41A 60/2 N 7 V

4.5 12 41A 41A 60 N 7 V

Twin-layer saw sharpening wheels for stellite-tipped circular saws

ØH

T

D

DimensionsGrinding


[mm]T

[mm]ØH

[mm]

200 12 32

40A 40A 60 M 7 V

50A 50A 46 N 7 V

250 12 32

40A 40A 60 M 7 V

50A 50A 46 N 7 V

Saw sharpening wheels for wood and metal saws ■ soft: e.g. for gang saws ■ medium: e.g. for circular saws ■ hard: e.g. for band saws

ØH

T

D

Dimensions Material

D [mm]

T [mm]

ØH [mm]

Work-pieces

Grinding agent Specification

150

1.0 20 hard 50A 50A 100/7 M 4 V

1.5 20 hard 50A 50A 100/7 M 4 V

2.0 20 hard 50A 50A 80/2 O 4 V

2.5 20 hard 50A 50A 80/2 O 4 V

3.0 20 hard 50A 50A 80/2 O 4 V

4.0 20 hard 40A 40A 80 MN 7 V

6.0 20medium 40A 40A 60 LM 7 V

hard 40A 40A 60 MN 7 V

8.0 20medium 40A 40A 60 LM 7 V






ØH

T

D

Dimensions Material

D [mm]

T [mm]

ØH [mm]

Work-pieces


200

1.0 20 hard 50A 50A 100/7 N 4 V

1.5 20 hard 50A 50A 100/7 N 4 V

2.0 20 hard 50A 50A 80/2 O 4 V

2.5 20 hard 50A 50A 80/2 O 4 V

3.0 20 hard 50A 50A 80/2 O 4 V

6.0 20

soft 40A 40A 60 KL 7 V

medium 40A 40A 60 LM 7 V


8.0 20

soft 40A 40A 60 KL 7 V



10.0 20soft 40A 40A 46/2 KL 7 V


12.0 20soft 40A 40A 46/2 KL 7 V


250

10.0 20soft 40A 40A 46/2 KL 7 V

medium 40A 40A 46/2 LM 7 V

12.0 20soft 40A 40A 46/2 KL 7 V

medium 40A 40A 46/2 LM 7 V



2

Resin-bonded saw sharpening wheels ■ Circumferential speeds up to 80 m/s ■ Sharpening fine teeth, cutting tool steel, groove grinding, etc.

ØH

T

D

Dimensions

D [mm]

T [mm]

ØH [mm]


150

1.0 20 41A 41A 80S I B 8

1.5 20 41A 41A 80Q 9 B 8

2.0 20 41A 41A 80Q 9 B 8

2.5 20 41A 41A 82Q 9 B 8

3.0 20 41A 41A 80Q 9 B 8

200

1.0 20 41A 41A 80S I B 8

2.0 20 41A 41A 80Q 9 B 8

3.0 20 41A 41A 80Q 9 B 8

Ordering example

■ Saw sharpening wheels for wood and metal saws: ISO shape 1, diameter D: Ø150 mm, width T: 6.0 mm, bore H: 20 mm

■ Wheel type 40A 60 MN 7 V




Diamond hardness indenters ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 ■ Rockwell hardness testing method (HRC) . . . . . . . . . 5-3 ■ Vickers hardness testing method (HV) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Diamond calipers ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 ■ Diamond calipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

5Measuring and inspectingSection overview


1Product spectrum

Hardness testing diamond for Rockwell hardness testing method (HRC) ➜ Page 5-3Hardness testing diamond for Vickers hardness testing method (HV) ➜ Page 5-4 Advantages at a glance

■ Use of high-quality diamonds

■ Internal and external testing

■ Available with certificate ■ Regrindable

Product features ■ Ground natural diamond brazed into steel shank ■ Diamond and shank shape to drawing on product pages

➜ Page 5-3 up to 5-5

Applications ■ Indenter for hardness testing on hard materials ■ For one-off tests and automated in-line testing on hard-

ness testing devices

Application conditions ■ Protect diamonds against impact and shock ■ Observe user manuals issued by device manufacturers

Selection tool

Test method Code Testing device Type Details

Rockwell,diamond cone 120°

Original Rockwell All types No. 125

➜ Page 5-3Testor Wolpert No. 126UVN Reicherter No. 127Testor machine Testor machine No. 128Rockwell Wilson / EMCO No. 132

Vickers,diamond pyramid 136°

Testor machine Wolpert No. 129

➜ Page 5-4

Vickers e.g. Frank No. 130Dia-Testor Wolpert No. 131Vickers WPM No. 133Zwick 1 Zwick No. 134Zwick 2 Zwick No. 135Used on Briviskop Briviskop No. 137

Diamond hardness indentersProduct overview


2

1Hardness testing diamonds for Rockwell hardness testing method (HRC) ■ Diamond cone 120°

Code Type

24.514

120°

Ø6.

35

Ø9.

5 Original Rockwell No. 125

2917

120°

Ø10

Ø6.

35

Testor No. 126

M5

46

1

328

Ø6.

5

Ø12

Ø6.

35

120° UVN No. 127

Ø5

Ø10

Ø6.

35

126

29

120° Testor machine No. 128

1012

26

Ø6.

35

120°

Ø10

Rockwell No. 132

Ordering example

■ Hardness testing diamond No.127 UVN

Rockwell hardness testing method (HRC)Diamond hardness indenters


1Hardness testing diamonds for Vickers hardness testing method (HV) ■ Diamond pyramid 136°

Code Type

12629

3

Ø6.

5Ø

5

Ø10

Ø6.

35°613

Testor machine No. 129

136°

24.514

Ø9.

5

Ø6.

35

Vickers No. 130

2917

136°

Ø10

Ø6.

35

Dia Testor No. 131

1729

Ø7

Ø10

Ø6.

35

136°

Vickers No. 133


Vickers hardness testing method (HV)Diamond hardness indenters


2

Description Type

136°

109.5

22

Ø6.

35

Ø10Ø5

Zwick 1 No. 134

1032

46

0.5

R20

19

Ø10

Ø6.

35

Zwick 2 No. 135

136°

5

3

Ø5

Ø7 Used on Briviskop No. 137

Ordering example

■ Hardness testing diamond No.134 Zwick 1

Vickers hardness testing method (HV)Diamond hardness indenters


Diamond calipers

Advantages at a glance ■ High measurement accura-cy over long periods

■ No damage on the work-piece surface

Product features ■ Use of PCD fine-grained (polycrystalline diamond) or natural diamond

■ Depending on the application, natural diamond is ground to spherical, conical, or flat shape; brazed into stainless, demagnetized steel holder.

Applications ■ In combination with measurement controls on semi and fully automated production processes.

Application conditions ■ Protect diamonds against impact and shock. ■ Ensure cleanliness of the diamond measurement surface. ■ Observe user manuals issued by measurement control manufacturers.

Ordering information ■ Due to the wide range of types and shapes, we ask that you include a drawing with your order.

Diamond calipersProduct overview


Diamond polishing agent ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

■ Diamond polishing paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 ■ Diamond polishing spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Diamond hand lapping tool ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

■ Diamond hand lapping tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

6Polishing and lappingSection overview


1Product spectrum

Diamond polishing paste ➜ Page 6-3Diamond polishing spray ➜ Page 6-4

Applications ■ Automobile industry ■ Electronics ■ Aircraft manufacturing ■ Tool and die-making ■ Roller making ■ Dental technology ■ Medical technology ■ Glass and plastics industry

■ Ceramic products ■ Optics and materials testing

QualityOur grinding, lapping, and polishing agents contain natural and synthetic diamond grain as the active grinding agent and are free of silicon.These polishing agents achieve optical grade surfaces.

We use only healthy virgin materials and no reclaimed diamonds in our products.

Diamond grain sizesNatural diamondPredominantly block-shaped, very strong particles with many short but sharp edges. The grain shape and crystal-line structure permit high chip removal rates and uniform surface roughnesses on workpiece surfaces.

Synthetic diamondBlock-shaped to splintered particles. The grain shape and crystalline structure permit high chip removal rates. The surface finish is frequently less uniform compared to using natural diamond.

BondsType U (diamond polishing paste)

■ Can be mixed with oil, water, and alcohol; very good film formation.

■ Cleaning of tools and workpieces with water.

Type A (diamond polishing spray) ■ Can be mixed in any ratio with alcohol and water. ■ Mild cleaning of tools and workpieces with water.

Type O (diamond polishing spray) ■ Can be mixed with oil and water; very good film formation. ■ Cleaning of tools and workpieces with solvents only.

ConcentrationsType S (diamond polishing paste)

■ Very high concentration ■ Application: carbide, ceramics, composites, metallograph-ic materials testing

Diamond polishing agentProduct overview


2

1Diamond polishing paste ■ Synthetic diamond ■ Contents: 5 g ■ Bond: Type U ■ Concentration: Type S

Lead-time

Grain size[µm] In stock1)

approx. 2–3 calendar

weeks Typevery fine 0.25 – ❍ D 0.25

0.70 ✓ – D 0.71.00 – ❍ D 11.50 – ❍ D 1.52.00 – ❍ D 23.00 ✓ – D 35.00 – ❍ D 57.00 ✓ – D 79.00 – ❍ D 9

10.00 – ❍ D 1012.00 – ❍ D 1215.00 ✓ – D 1520.00 – ❍ D 2025.00 – ❍ D 2530.00 ✓ – D 3040.00 – ❍ D 40

coarse 50.00 ✓ – D 50

Ordering example

■ Diamond polishing paste / agent D 0.7 ...

1) Prior sales made without notice

Diamond polishing pasteDiamond polishing agent


1

2

Diamond polishing spray ■ 165 ml tin spray can with a spray nozzle for fine dispersal. ■ CFC-free propellant ■ Type A bond: low viscosity for lab applications ■ Type O bond: for tool making

Lead-time

Grain size[µm] In stock1)

approx. 2–3 calendar

weeks Type

very fine 0.25 – ❍ D 0.25

1.00 – ❍ D 1

3.00 ✓ – D 3

6.00 ✓ – D 6

9.00 ✓ – D 9

12.00 – ❍ D 12

coarse 15.00 – ❍ D 15

Ordering example

■ Diamond polishing spray D 1, Type A bond

1) Prior sales made without notice

Diamond polishing sprayDiamond polishing agent


Applications

■ Finish-lapping of carbide cutting tools Advantages at a glance ■ Good material removal rate ■ Increased machining performance due to sharp cutting edges

FeaturesBonds

■ Diamond grain in Type K: plastic bond on light-metal substrate Type M: metal bond on light-metal or steel substrate (on request) Type G: electro-plated bond on light-metal or steel sub-strate (on request)

Dimension ■ Dimensions of diamond-coated surface: 10 mm x 40 mm

Grain size (specified in µm) ■ D15 (fine) ■ D25 ■ D46 ■ D64 ■ D91 ■ D126 (coarse)

Application conditions ■ Low contact pressure increases tool life ■ Occasionally clean the diamond coating with petroleum or

with honing stone (only on K and M bond)

Ordering example

■ Hand lapping tool D46 K

Diamond hand lapping toolProduct overview



Diamond files ■ Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 ■ Diamond hand files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

■ Diamond needle files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 ■ Diamond diprofile files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 ■ Diamond riffler files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 ■ Diamond contact files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

■ Diamond machine files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

7FilingSection overview


1Product spectrum

Hand filesDiamond needle files ➜ Page 7-3Diamond diprofile files ➜ Page 7-4Diamond riffler files ➜ Page 7-5Diamond contact files ➜ Page 7-6Machine filesDiamond machine files ➜ Page 7-7

Advantages at a glance ■ Good material removal rate ■ Long tool life

Product features ■ Single coat, electro-plated bond diamond grain on steel substrate

Applications ■ Hand and machine filing on hard materials.

Application conditions ■ Low contact pressure increases tool life. ■ First break sharp edges on workpiece with an already dull file.

Diamond filesProduct overview


2

1Diamond needle files

70

140

ShapeCross section

[mm] Type

Round Ø3-1 DH1

Half-round 5 x 2 DH2

Flat, dull 5.5 x 1.5 DH3

Triangular 3.5 DH4

Square 3 x 3 DH5

Crossing file 5 x 2.5 DH6

Knife 5.2 x 1.5 DH7

Dagger 5.5 x 2.5 DH8

Barett 5.5 x 2 DH9

Flat, dull with rounded edges 5.5 x 1.5 DH10

Flat, pointed 5 x 1.5 DH11


Available grain sizes1)

D91 D126 D151fine coarse

1) D126 and D151 available from stock; other grain sizes on requestThe 5 most commonly used diamond needle files DH1 to DH5 are available as a set in a practical plastic pouch.

Ordering example

■ Diamond needle file, DH2 half-round, D126

Diamond needle filesHand files


11

2

Diamond diprofile files

l1

l

Ø3

Dimensions

ShapeCross section

[mm]l

[mm]l1

[mm] Type

Round

1 50 15 DR12 50 15 DR23 50 15 DR34 50 15 DR42 60 25 DR53 60 25 DR64 60 25 DR7

Flat

2 x 1 50 15 DR213 x 1 50 15 DR224 x 1 50 15 DR235 x 2 50 15 DR245 x 2 60 25 DR25

Square

1.5 50 15 DR312 50 15 DR323 50 15 DR334 50 15 DR345 50 15 DR355 60 25 DR37

Knife4 x 1 50 15 DR416 x 2 50 15 DR426 x 2 60 25 DR43

Triangular

2 50 15 DR513.5 50 15 DR524.5 50 15 DR533.5 60 25 DR544.5 60 25 DR55

Crossing file

2 x 1 50 15 DR613.5 x 2 50 15 DR626 x 3 50 15 DR64

3.5 x 2 60 25 DR655 x 2.5 60 25 DR666 x 3 60 25 DR67

Flat, single-sided


Flat, two-sided


Edges

0.5 x 4 50 15 DR910.75 x 4 50 15 DR92

1 x 4 50 15 DR931 x 4 60 25 DR94




1) When requested, please indicate the required delivery date

Ordering example

■ Diamond profile file DR55, triangular, D126

Diamond diprofile filesHand files


2

1Diamond riffler files

25 25

150

ShapeCross section

[mm] Type

Crossing file, straight 3.5 x 2 DF1

Crossing file, bowed 3.5 x 2 DF2

Flat 3 x 1.5 DF3

Square 2 DF4

Triangular 2 x 2 DF5




1) D126 and D151 partially available from stock; lead time and other grain sizes on request

Ordering example

■ Diamond riffler file DF4, square, D126

Diamond riffler filesHand files


112

Diamond contact files

200.5

5

115




Ordering example

■ Diamond contact file, D151

Diamond contact filesHand files


2

1Diamond machine files

l1

l

Dimensions

Shape

Cross section[mm]

l[mm]

l1[mm] Type

Round

2.0 100 60 DM13.5 125 80 DM25.0 125 80 DM36.5 150 80 DM4

10.0 200 120 DM5

Half-round5.0 x 2.5 150 80 DM148.0 x 4.0 150 80 DM15

10.5 x 5.0 200 120 DM16

Flat

2.0 x 1.5 100 60 DM214.0 x 2.0 125 80 DM225.0 x 2.0 125 80 DM239.0 x 3.2 150 80 DM2411.0 x 4.0 200 120 DM25

Triangular

3.0 125 80 DM326.0 150 80 DM348.0 150 80 DM35

10.0 200 120 DM36

Square

2.0 100 60 DM413.0 125 80 DM424.0 150 80 DM435.0 125 80 DM448.0 150 80 DM45

10.0 200 120 DM46




1) D126 and D151 partially available from stock; lead time and other grain sizes on request

Ordering example

■ Diamond machine file, DM25, flat, D126

Diamond machine filesMachine files



Overview of services provided by WEISS AG ■ Custom tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 ■ Laserwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 ■ Induction brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 ■ Wire EDM cutting / wire eroding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 ■ Regrinding services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 ■ On-site support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

8ServicesSection overview


Custom toolsOne of our great strengths is the production of diamond and CBN custom tools.We produce custom tools for turning, milling, dressing, and grinding applications based on sketches, drawings, sample tools, component tools, or simply based on a telephone consultation.If required, we will visit you on location, or you can send us the data per standard mail, fax, or e-mail. The tool develop-ment time can be reduced dramatically if additional infor-mation is provided, e.g. machine capacities, materials to be machined, cooling capabilities, surface finishes, etc.The tools are produced and shipped following correspond-ing customer approval of the drawing. A corresponding follow-up after the initial use allows us to initiate improve-ments, so that we can improve continuously.

LaserworkThe latest laser technology is used to create even the most detailed contours and cavities with a maximum of process reliability – nearly without tooling costs.

In comparison to the wire EDM process, even difficult to machine materials, such as ceramics or carbide, can be machined directly without fabricating electrodes. A signifi-cant benefit that not only reduces manufacturing time and costs but also protects the environment.

Advantages of laser technology

■ Direct machining of the workpiece without electrode fabrication

■ Significantly shorter manufacturing times for highly-detailed workpieces

■ Reproducible manufacturing – problem-free data trans-mission with the new LaserSoft 3D software

■ Maximized process reliability without tooling costs ■ Machining of vertical walls

Applications

■ Technical precision dies ■ Medical technology ■ Electronics and semi-conductor dies ■ Micro-technology ■ Reliefs ■ Dies ■ Engraving/deep engraving ■ Textured surfaces ■ Chip grooves with carbide and diamond tools ■ CVD diamond machining ■ MCD machining

ServicesOverview


Induction brazingBrazing technology requires homogeneous heating at the joining location to avoid internal stresses. By using induction, the workpiece is heated uniformly from the inside, therefore fulfilling the above requirement. Induction heating also ensures reproducible and employee-independent brazed joints. We offer a reliable and prompt brazing service.

Wire EDM cutting / wire erodingOur wire EDM machine with five CNC-controlled axis can be used to fabricate a wide range of PCD tip shapes and other hard materials with a floating clamp. The pallet magazine for up to twelve workpieces ensures long cycle times and therefore low setup and unit costs. The high process reliability and performance capabilities of these machines, in particular on tools with profiles and complex geometries, gives our customers access to high quality and on-time delivery.

Regrinding servicesWEISS AG provides you with professional regrinding services for your tools.When required, damaged tools can be reconstituted or geometry corrections can be performed on existing CBN and diamond tools. This not only applies to tools made by us, but also to third party products.Our regrinding service gives you the ability to have your tools reground in such a manner that they have the same characteristics as new tools.When required, this service is possible within 24 hrs. depending on tool type and effort.

On-site supportCompetent technical advisors from our field service and factory team are available to assist you with your production and machining problems.You can reach your personal advisor by telephone during regular business hours, by fax, or e-mail. He will be happy to advise you regarding all production or machining problems, to take your order, and will ensure that your order is processed reliably.

Our technical field service reps are also happy to visit you at your facility to discuss market trends, tooling-related news, and the latest applications. As a production specialist, he is your contact for custom production or machining problems, and will assist you in developing an appropriate solution.

Do not hesitate to place your inquiry and to put us to the test!

ServicesOverview



Ordering process

■ The product pages always include ordering information and/or ordering examples.

■ You are guided through the products in steps to ensure that you always make the correct selection.

■ We ask that your orders always include the information shown in the ordering examples.

■ We are of course available to assist you if you have questions about the required details.

■ You can submit your orders by fax, e-mail, by phone, or regular mail. You can find our contact details on this page.

Contact information

■ You can reach us Monday through Friday from 7:30 am to 5:00 pm.

■ We are available to assist you by phone, fax, and e-mail.

■ You can also schedule an appointment for a visit at your facility.

■ Our Internet pages also provide you with information about our products and services.

WEISS AGDiamond and CBN tools

Platz 229CH-9428 Walzenhausen

Tel. +41 71 886 49 00E-mail [email protected] www. weiss-diamant.com

Imprint

Technical catalogDiamond and CBN tools

Publisher: WEISS AGDiamond and CBN toolsPlatz 229CH-9428 [email protected]

The selected product range in this catalog represents a cross-section of our product line. Any products that cannot be warehoused or are not in stock at time of order place-ment are produced and shipped to order as fast as possible.Technical changes made without notice. Liability is excluded for printing errors/defects, as well as erroneous technical specifications and figures.

Reprinting – even in excerpts – only with the publisher's express written approval.

Prices and business terms and conditions are found in the currently valid price list.

9WEISS AGOrdering process| Contact| Imprint


Your partner for diamond and CBN tools

Company history

1969 Ph. Oskar Weiss KG, Stuttgart formed WEISS AG to better serve the EFTA free trade zone and a portion of the former Eastern block.

1990 Ownership was transferred from the former owner SlipNaxos to the long-serving managing director.

1993 Ownership transfer of Ph. Oskar Weiss GmbH as an important distribution channel for the German market.

1997 WEISS AG is sold to Dr. iur. H. Altherr.

2007 Ph. Oskar Weiss GmbH is sold to Comet Schleifscheiben GmbH

2009 40th anniversary

2019 50th anniversary

Bodensee

Corporate philosophy Strengths

■ Reliability at all organizational levels

■ Technical support for production problems

■ Customized solutions

■ High-quality tools at a fair price

■ On-time delivery

■ Flexibility, responsive supply

■ Short decision paths, resulting in short response times

■ We keep our commitments:

■ Quality

■ Due-dates

■ Prices

WEISS AGAbout us


Corporate policy

We produce diamond and CBN tools for all metal and plastics applications.

Sustainable growth for our company

Occupational safety and

health safety

Cost efficiency

Employee satisfaction

Flexibility, efficiency

Supplier quality

High quality approach to our

products and services

Customer satisfaction

Image, culture, feedback

Our top priority is to achieve sustainable growth for our business. Sustainable means:

■ We cultivate long-term customer relationships. For this purpose, we provide our customers with competent advice, supply ideas, and are willing to develop new approaches with them. On-time, high-quality production is second nature to us. Prices are reasonable and fair.

■ Our employees form the core of our business. Here as well, we cultivate long-term relationships, ensure "healthy" working conditions, and make targeted investments into training and continuing education

■ We treat our suppliers like our customers

■ All our activities are designed to protect the environment and we consume a minimum of resources

WEISS AGAbout us


WEISS AGCertification

Certification

Certification history at WEISS AG

■ 1997 1st certification ISO 9002

■ 2000 1st recertification audit ISO 9001

■ 2003 2nd recertification audit (conversion to process-driven QM) ISO 9001:2000

■ 2006 3rd recertification audit ISO 9001:2000

■ 2009 4th recertification audit ISO 9001:2008


